See other bills
under the
same topic
        PRIOR PRINTER'S NOS. 1675, 1685, 1710         PRINTER'S NO. 1744

THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF PENNSYLVANIA


SENATE BILL

No. 949 Session of 2008


        INTRODUCED BY KASUNIC, MUSTO, M. WHITE, STOUT, A. WILLIAMS,
           MELLOW, LAVALLE, COSTA, D. WHITE, BOSCOLA, BAKER, BROWNE,
           FOLMER, FONTANA, GORDNER, KITCHEN, LOGAN, MADIGAN, ORIE,
           RAFFERTY, STACK, TARTAGLIONE, WASHINGTON, WAUGH, WONDERLING,
           WOZNIAK AND REGOLA, JANUARY 11, 2008

        AS AMENDED ON THIRD CONSIDERATION, FEBRUARY 6, 2008

                                     AN ACT

     1  Providing for bituminous coal mines; and making a repeal.

     2                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
     3  Chapter 1.  Preliminary Provisions
     4  Section 101.  Short title.
     5  Section 102.  Application.
     6  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
     7  Section 104.  Definitions.
     8  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
     9  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
    10  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
    11  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    12  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
    13  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    14  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    15  Section 108.  Inspections.
    16  Section 109.  Accidents.

     1  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
     2  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
     3  Section 112.  Reports.
     4  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
     5  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
     6  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
     7  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
     8  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
     9  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    10  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
    11  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    12  Section 121.  Applicability.
    13  Chapter 2.  General Requirements for Underground Bituminous
    14                 Mines
    15  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
    16  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
    17  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant
    18                 mine foreman.
    19  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
    20  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
    21  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
    22  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators
    23                 and shot-firers.
    24  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
    25  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    26  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
    27  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    28  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working
    29                 place safety.
    30  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 2 -     

     1  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
     2  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
     3                 competent persons.
     4  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
     5                 and reports.
     6  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
     7  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
     8  Section 219.  Management of mine.
     9  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    10  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
    11                 superintendent.
    12  Section 222.  Danger signals SIGNS.                               <--
    13  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
    14  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    15  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    16  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    17  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
    18  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
    19  Section 229.  Survey by department.
    20  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    21  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
    22  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
    23  Section 233.  Line brattice.
    24  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
    25  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
    26  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
    27  Section 237.  Fans.
    28  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    29  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    30  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
    20080S0949B1744                  - 3 -     

     1                 working areas.
     2  Section 241.  Roof support.
     3  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
     4  Section 243.  (Reserved).
     5  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
     6  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
     7                 multiple shooting.
     8  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
     9  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
    10  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
    11  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    12  Section 250.  Bottom person.
    13  Section 251.  Number of individuals to be hoisted.
    14  Section 252.  Top person.
    15  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
    16  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
    17  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
    18  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    19  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on BOTTOM INDIVIDUAL          <--
    20                 on rope haulage.
    21  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
    22  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    23  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
    24  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
    25  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
    26  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
    27  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
    28  Section 265.  Duties of individuals subject to this act.
    29  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
    30  Section 267.  Checking systems.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 4 -     

     1  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
     2                 mine.
     3  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
     4                 equipment.
     5  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
     6  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
     7  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
     8  Section 273.  Fire protection.
     9  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
    10  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
    11  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
    12  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
    13                 mines.
    14  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    15  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals SIGNS.        <--
    16  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
    17  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
    18  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
    19  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
    20                 materials.
    21  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    22  Chapter 3.  Electrical Equipment
    23  Section 301.  Duties of mine foreman and superintendent.
    24  Section 302.  Definitions.
    25  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
    26  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
    27  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    28  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
    29  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    30  Section 308.  Capacity.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 5 -     

     1  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
     2  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
     3  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
     4  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
     5  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
     6  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
     7  Section 315.  (Reserved).
     8  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
     9  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
    10  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
    11  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    12  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
    13  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    14  Section 322.  Grounding.
    15  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
    16  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    17  Section 325.  Bonding.
    18  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
    19  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    20  Section 328.  Guarding.
    21  Section 329.  Locomotives.
    22  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    23  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
    24  Section 332.  Load center.
    25  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
    26  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    27                 equipment.
    28  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    29  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
    30  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 6 -     

     1  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
     2  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
     3  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
     4                 equipment.
     5  Section 341.  Maintenance.
     6  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
     7  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
     8  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
     9                 equipment.
    10  Section 345.  (Reserved).
    11  Section 346.  (Reserved).
    12  Section 347.  (Reserved).
    13  Section 348.  (Reserved).
    14  Section 349.  (Reserved).
    15  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
    16  Chapter 4.  Diesel-powered Equipment
    17  Section 401.  Underground use.
    18  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    19  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    20  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    21  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
    22  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
    23  Section 407.  Containers.
    24  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
    25  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    26  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    27  Section 411.  Fueling.
    28  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    29  Section 413.  Maintenance.
    30  Section 414.  Records.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 7 -     

     1  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
     2  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
     3  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
     4  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     5  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
     6  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
     7  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
     8  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
     9  Section 423.  Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
    10  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    11  Chapter 5.  Enforcement and Remedies
    12  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
    13  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    14  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
    15  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    16  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
    17  Section 506.  Inspections.
    18  Section 507.  Intervention.
    19  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    20  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
    21  Section 510.  Certification actions.
    22  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
    23  Chapter 6.  Emergency Medical Personnel
    24  Section 601.  Definitions.
    25  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    26  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
    27  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    28  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    29  Section 606.  Regulations.
    30  Section 607.  Certification.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 8 -     

     1  Section 608.  Liability.
     2  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
     3  Chapter 7.  Safety Zones
     4  Section 701.  Establishment.
     5  Section 702.  Written authorization.
     6  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
     7  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
     8  Section 705.  Verification.
     9  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
    10  Section 707.  Notice.
    11  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
    12  Chapter 31.  Miscellaneous Provisions
    13  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    14  Section 3102.  Effective date.
    15     The General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
    16  hereby enacts as follows:
    17                             CHAPTER 1
    18                       PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS
    19  Section 101.  Short title.
    20     This act shall be known and may be cited as the Bituminous
    21  Coal Mine Safety Act.
    22  Section 102.  Application.
    23     This act shall apply to all underground bituminous coal mines
    24  in this Commonwealth, including all of the following:
    25         (1)  The construction, operation, maintenance and sealing
    26     of underground bituminous coal mines.
    27         (2)  The operators of underground bituminous coal mines.
    28         (3)  All individuals at underground bituminous coal
    29     mines.
    30  Section 103.  Findings and purpose.
    20080S0949B1744                  - 9 -     

     1     (a)  Findings.--The General Assembly finds that it is in the
     2  public interest to establish a comprehensive scheme to protect
     3  the lives, health and safety of those who work at mines in this
     4  Commonwealth. This comprehensive scheme shall address all of the
     5  following:
     6         (1)  The first priority and concern of all in the
     7     bituminous coal mining industry must be the health and safety
     8     of those who work in and at mines and others in and about
     9     mines.
    10         (2)  Deaths and injuries from unsafe and unhealthful
    11     conditions and practices at underground bituminous coal mines
    12     cause grief and suffering to miners and their families.
    13         (3)  The efforts of mine operators, miners and the
    14     Commonwealth, through the Department of Environmental
    15     Protection, have over time significantly reduced the
    16     occurrence of deaths and injuries in the underground
    17     bituminous coal mining industry. This reduction in deaths and
    18     injuries is due, in part, to the safety standards under the
    19     act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339), known as the
    20     Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act, and the grant of
    21     authority to the department to approve underground bituminous
    22     coal mining activity and equipment.
    23         (4)  The Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act is
    24     becoming outdated and lacks an effective mechanism to modify
    25     existing standards and to adopt new standards.
    26         (5)  The Commonwealth must maintain a strong, independent
    27     mine safety program.
    28         (6)  The operators at underground bituminous coal mines,
    29     with the assistance of certified miners and mine officials
    30     have the primary responsibility to prevent the existence of
    20080S0949B1744                 - 10 -     

     1     unsafe and unhealthful conditions at underground bituminous
     2     coal mines.
     3         (7)  Underground bituminous coal mining is highly
     4     specialized, technical and complex and requires frequent
     5     review, refinement and improvement of standards to protect
     6     the health and safety of miners.
     7         (8)  The formulation of appropriate rules and practices
     8     to improve health and safety and to provide increased
     9     protection of miners can be accomplished more effectively by
    10     individuals who have experience and expertise in underground
    11     bituminous coal mining and underground bituminous coal mine
    12     health and safety.
    13         (9)  Mine safety is enhanced through a rigorous program
    14     for training and certifying individuals to work at mines in
    15     this Commonwealth.
    16         (10)  It is imperative that the department have the
    17     capability to coordinate and assist rescue operations in
    18     response to accidents at underground bituminous coal mines.
    19         (11)  It is in the public interest to encourage the
    20     underground bituminous coal mining industry to establish,
    21     maintain and support mine rescue teams and other emergency
    22     response capabilities.
    23     (b)  Purpose.--It is the purpose of this act to do all of the
    24  following:
    25         (1)  To use the full extent of the Commonwealth's powers
    26     to protect the lives, health and safety of miners and others
    27     in and about underground bituminous coal mines.
    28         (2)  To establish and promulgate improved mandatory
    29     health and safety standards to protect the health and safety
    30     of miners and others in and about underground coal mines in
    20080S0949B1744                 - 11 -     

     1     this Commonwealth.
     2         (3)  To establish a rulemaking process that enables the
     3     expeditious updating of the interim mandatory health and
     4     safety standards established under this act and to otherwise
     5     protect the health, safety and welfare of miners and others
     6     in and about mines.
     7         (4)  To require that operators at underground bituminous
     8     coal mines and every individual at every mine comply with
     9     these standards.
    10         (5)  To improve and expand research, development and
    11     training programs aimed at preventing underground bituminous
    12     coal mine accidents and occupationally caused diseases in the
    13     industry.
    14         (6)  To enable the Commonwealth to respond as necessary
    15     and appropriate to accidents and other emergencies at
    16     underground bituminous coal mines.
    17  Section 104.  Definitions.
    18     The following words and phrases when used in this act shall
    19  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    21     "Abandoned workings."  Excavations, either caved or sealed,
    22  that are deserted and in which further mining is not intended.
    23     "Accident."  An unanticipated event, including any of the
    24  following:
    25         (1)  A death of an individual at a mine.
    26         (2)  An injury to an individual at a mine, which has a
    27     reasonable potential to cause death.
    28         (3)  An entrapment of an individual at a mine which has a
    29     reasonable potential to cause death or serious injury.
    30         (4)  An unplanned inundation of a mine by a liquid or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 12 -     

     1     gas.
     2         (5)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of gas or dust.
     3         (6)  An unplanned mine fire not extinguished within ten
     4     minutes of discovery.
     5         (7)  An unplanned ignition or explosion of a blasting
     6     agent or an explosive.
     7         (8)  An unplanned roof fall at or above the anchorage
     8     zone in active workings where roof bolts are in use.
     9         (9)  An unplanned roof or rib fall in active workings
    10     that impairs ventilation or impedes passage.
    11         (10)  A coal or rock outburst that causes withdrawal of
    12     miners or which disrupts regular mining activity for more
    13     than one hour.
    14         (11)  An unstable condition at an impoundment OR refuse    <--
    15     pile or culm bank, which does any of the following:            <--
    16             (i)  Requires emergency action in order to prevent
    17         failure.
    18             (ii)  Causes individuals to evacuate an area.
    19         (12)  Failure of an impoundment OR refuse pile or culm     <--
    20     bank.
    21         (13)  Damage to hoisting equipment in a shaft or slope
    22     which endangers an individual or which interferes with use of
    23     the equipment for more than 30 minutes.
    24         (14)  An event at a mine which causes death or bodily
    25     injury to an individual not at the mine at the time the event
    26     occurs.
    27     "Active workings."  All areas in a mine that are not sealed
    28  and which must be ventilated and examined under this act.
    29     "Advisory committee." The Technical Advisory Committee on
    30  Diesel-Powered Equipment.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 13 -     

     1     "Approval."  A written document, issued by the Department of
     2  Environmental Protection, which states that a technology,
     3  material, machinery, tool, process, plan, device, equipment,
     4  facility, method, supply, accessory or other item meets the
     5  requirements of this act or of regulations promulgated under
     6  this act.
     7     "Board."  The Board of Coal Mine Safety.
     8     "Certified individual."  An individual who is qualified under
     9  the provisions of this act and who holds a certificate from the
    10  Department of Environmental Protection to perform a particular
    11  duty in connection with the operation at a mine. The term
    12  includes all of the following:
    13         (1)  Mine foreman.
    14         (2)  Assistant mine foreman.
    15         (3)  Mine examiner.
    16         (4)  Mine electrician.
    17         (5)  Machine runner.
    18         (6)  Shot-firer.
    19         (7)  Miner.
    20     "Check survey."  The term shall have the same meaning as
    21  closed-loop survey.
    22     "Closed-loop survey."  The method of establishing the
    23  accuracy of a mine survey by conducting a loop traverse to the
    24  point of beginning or to a known point of another closed-loop
    25  survey. The term does not include a double angle, double
    26  distance survey unless that method is used to complete a closed-
    27  loop survey.
    28     "Coal-producing shift."  A shift primarily intended for coal
    29  production rather than for purposes of construction, maintenance
    30  and housekeeping even though some coal production may be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 14 -     

     1  incident to such purposes.
     2     "Department."  The Department of Environmental Protection of
     3  the Commonwealth.
     4     "DPEP."  Diesel-powered equipment package.
     5     "Face."  The solid coal at the inby end of a working place.
     6     "Inactive workings."  All portions of a mine in which
     7  operations have been suspended for an indefinite period, but
     8  have not been abandoned.
     9     "Interim mandatory safety standards."  The safety standards
    10  under Chapters 2 and 3.
    11     "Lateral and face take-ups."  The individual measurements
    12  left and right of the entry center line used to depict the
    13  physical location of the coal ribs and pillars. The lateral
    14  take-ups define the intersections, pillars' corners and the
    15  significant variations in all excavations. The face take-ups
    16  define the limits of mining in all face areas in advance of the
    17  last station spad. Face take-ups and lateral take-ups in the
    18  face area are not to exceed a distance greater than 300 feet
    19  from the last survey station spad.
    20     "Lost-time injury."  When an individual is unable to report
    21  for work at the individual's regularly scheduled job on the
    22  individual's next regularly scheduled work shift due to a work-
    23  related injury.
    24     "Mine."  The shafts, slopes or drifts of an underground
    25  bituminous coal mine, either under construction, in use or
    26  abandoned, connected with excavations penetrating or intended to
    27  penetrate coal stratum or strata, which excavations are or were
    28  ventilated by air currents and connected by a method of
    29  transportation over which coal may be or was delivered to one or
    30  more points outside the mine. The term shall not include any
    20080S0949B1744                 - 15 -     

     1  surface coal mine.
     2     "Mine examiner."  An individual designated by the mine
     3  foreman or superintendent to examine a mine for gas and other
     4  dangers. The term shall include the title "fire boss."
     5     "Mine foreman."  An individual appointed by an operator or
     6  superintendent to be in charge of all of the following:
     7         (1)  The inside workings of a mine.
     8         (2)  An individual in a mine.
     9         (3)  A visitor to the inside of a mine, except for
    10     Federal and State Government representatives, mine inspectors
    11     and other representatives.
    12     "Mine official."  Any of the following:
    13         (1)  Superintendent.
    14         (2)  Mine foreman.
    15         (3)  Assistant mine foreman.
    16         (4)  Mine examiner.
    17         (5)  Mine electrician.
    18     "Miner."  An individual who is certified by the Department of
    19  Environmental Protection to work in an underground mine.
    20     "MSHA."  The Mine Safety and Health Administration within the
    21  United States Department of Labor.
    22     "NIOSH."  The National Institute for Occupational Safety and
    23  Health within the United States Department of Health and Human
    24  Services.
    25     "Operator."  An owner, lessee or other person who operates,
    26  controls or supervises a coal mine.
    27     "Permissible explosives."  Explosives approved for use in
    28  mines by the Mine Safety and Health Administration, the National
    29  Institute for Occupational Safety and Health or their
    30  predecessor agencies, notwithstanding the date of the approval.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 16 -     

     1     "Permit boundary."  The limits of the mine as established by
     2  the coal mine activity permit issued under the act of April 27,
     3  1966 (1st Sp. Sess., P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous Mine
     4  Subsidence and Land Conservation Act.
     5     "Person."  Any individual, partnership, association,
     6  corporation, firm, subsidiary of a corporation or other
     7  organization.
     8     "Pointer spads."  Additional spads set in the roof to
     9  indicate the line of direction or bearing for future
    10  excavations. Pointer spads may or may not be referenced in the
    11  field notes. Pointer spads are not considered a permanent record
    12  because they only indicate direction.
    13     "Representative of the miners."  A miner employed at the mine
    14  who is authorized by a vote of two or more miners working at the
    15  same mine to perform the duties specified in this act.
    16     "Return air."  Air that has ventilated the last working place
    17  on any split of any working section or any worked-out area
    18  whether pillared or nonpillared. The term shall include all of
    19  the following:
    20         (1)  Air that mixes with air that has ventilated the last
    21     working place on any split of any working section or any
    22     worked-out area, whether pillared or nonpillared.
    23         (2)  Any air that has passed or ventilated seal areas.
    24     "Secretary."  The Secretary of Environmental Protection of
    25  the Commonwealth or the designee of the secretary.
    26     "Shaft."  A vertical opening through the strata that is or
    27  may be used for the purpose of ventilation or drainage or for
    28  hoisting men or material, or both, in connection with the mining
    29  of coal or for other purposes related to mining.
    30     "Slope and drift."  An incline or opening used for the same
    20080S0949B1744                 - 17 -     

     1  purpose as a shaft.
     2     "Spad."  A flat spike, firmly anchored in a hole drilled into
     3  the mine ceiling from which is threaded a plumbline.
     4     "Superintendent." An individual appointed by an operator to
     5  manage a mine.
     6     "Survey line."  A representation of the line of survey from
     7  survey station spad to survey station spad as shown on the
     8  official mine map.
     9     "Survey station spad."  A permanent spad set in the roof that
    10  has a unique identification number or designation.
    11     "Underground bituminous coal mine."  A mine and the surface
    12  facilities that are physically connected to a mine, including
    13  preparation plants and loadouts at a mine, in this Commonwealth
    14  and not included in anthracite boundaries.
    15     "Ventilation apparatus."  All equipment, materials and
    16  devices used to establish, provide or support movement of air
    17  through a mine.
    18     "Work area."  Any place at a mine where work is being
    19  performed. The term shall not include areas where individuals
    20  are making examinations required under this act.
    21     "Working place."  The area in a mine from the last open
    22  crosscut to and including the face.
    23     "Working section."  The area in a mine from the face
    24  extending back 1,000 feet.
    25     "Year of experience."  For the purposes of issuing
    26  certifications under this act, the term shall mean working 240
    27  eight-hour days or the hourly equivalent within a 12-month
    28  period beginning with the first day of employment in a mine.
    29  Section 105.  Powers and duties of department.
    30     The department shall have the power and duty to administer a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 18 -     

     1  mine safety program for individuals employed at mines. The
     2  department has the power and duty to do all of the following:
     3         (1)  Make inspections of public or private property as
     4     are necessary or useful in determining compliance with the
     5     provisions of this act, the rules and regulations promulgated
     6     under this act and any order, approval or permit issued by
     7     the department. The inspections may include examining or
     8     copying any documents required by this act.
     9         (2)  Conduct investigations and interviews of individuals
    10     at a mine or elsewhere.
    11         (3)  Issue orders to implement and enforce the provisions
    12     of this act.
    13         (4)  Institute proceedings and actions to implement the
    14     provisions and effectuate the purposes of this act, including
    15     suits seeking equitable relief or declaratory judgments and
    16     suits to recover costs incurred by the department.
    17         (5)  Institute prosecutions against the operator or his
    18     agent for a violation of any provision of this act.
    19         (6)  Determine whether an individual is qualified to
    20     carry out a particular function or duty at a mine and to
    21     issue appropriate certification.
    22         (7)  Disqualify an individual whose conduct poses a
    23     threat to the health and safety of those who work at mines or
    24     who interfere with the safe operation of any mine.
    25         (8)  Review and take appropriate action concerning safety
    26     of miners and individuals in and about mines on all permit
    27     applications submitted to the department.
    28         (9)  Receive and act upon complaints.
    29         (10)  Conduct, review and, if funds are allocated for
    30     such purposes, commission scientific and other research
    20080S0949B1744                 - 19 -     

     1     directed to the purposes of this act.
     2         (11)  Approve electrical equipment, machinery, materials,
     3     methods and plans to be used at mines in this Commonwealth.
     4         (12)  Approve, on a mine-specific basis, the use of new
     5     technology, methods, materials, machinery, equipment,
     6     systems, tools, devices, processes and plans different from
     7     those required or authorized under the provisions of this act
     8     or the regulations promulgated under this act. The department
     9     may only make approvals under this paragraph, if the approval
    10     meets or exceeds the protections afforded under this act or
    11     the regulations promulgated under this act. Approvals under
    12     this paragraph shall have no precedent effect. All approvals
    13     in effect as of the effective date of this paragraph shall
    14     remain in effect unless suspended, modified or revoked by the
    15     department.
    16         (13)  Respond to, coordinate and assist responses to mine  <--
    17     accidents and other emergencies.
    18         (14)  Establish a mine map repository.
    19         (15)  Serve as the agency of the Commonwealth for the
    20     receipt of funds from the Federal Government or other public
    21     agencies and expend the funds for studies and research with
    22     respect to and for the enforcement and administration of the
    23     purposes and provisions of this act and the regulations
    24     promulgated under this act.
    25         (16)  Assess civil penalties.
    26         (17)  Encourage and promote industry-based mine rescue
    27     capabilities.
    28         (18)  Provide training for department personnel and
    29     individuals who work in or who wish to work in the mining
    30     industry.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 20 -     

     1         (19)  Administer, deposit and expend funds from the Mine
     2     Safety Fund.
     3         (20)  Prepare and distribute to operators a mine
     4     operator's questionnaire form.
     5         (21)  Perform any act not inconsistent with any provision
     6     of this act, which it may deem necessary or proper for the
     7     effective administration or enforcement of this act and the
     8     rules or regulations promulgated under this act.
     9  Section 106.  Board of Coal Mine Safety.
    10     (a)  Establishment.--The Board of Coal Mine Safety is
    11  established and shall develop all of the following:
    12         (1)  Proposed amendments to the interim mandatory safety
    13     standards.
    14         (2)  Additional regulations with respect to mine safety
    15     if the board determines that existing Federal and State
    16     regulations do not adequately address a specific hazard.
    17         (3)  Other regulations as specifically authorized under
    18     this act.
    19     (b)  Composition.--The board shall consist of the secretary,
    20  who shall be the chairperson, and the following members
    21  appointed by the Governor:
    22         (1)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    23     coal mine operators in this Commonwealth.
    24         (2)  Three members who represent the viewpoint of the
    25     working miners in this Commonwealth.
    26     (c)  Terms.--All appointments shall be subject to the
    27  following:
    28         (1)  The initial appointments after the effective date of
    29     this section shall have staggered terms so that, for each
    30     group of appointments under subsection (b), one member shall
    20080S0949B1744                 - 21 -     

     1     serve a term of one year, one member shall serve a term of
     2     two years and one member shall serve a term of three years.
     3     All subsequent appointments shall be for terms of three
     4     years.
     5         (2)  Members shall be eligible for reappointment.
     6     (d)  Representation.--For the initial appointments after the
     7  effective date of this section, the following shall apply:
     8         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
     9     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
    10     the major trade association representing coal mine operators
    11     in this Commonwealth.
    12         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
    13     be selected from a list containing six nominees submitted by
    14     the highest-ranking official within the major labor
    15     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
    16     (e)  Vacancies.--The following shall apply to vacancies on
    17  the board:
    18         (1)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(1) shall
    19     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    20     by the major trade association representing coal mine
    21     operators in this Commonwealth.
    22         (2)  The members appointed under subsection (b)(2) shall
    23     be selected from a list containing three nominees submitted
    24     by the highest-ranking official within the major labor
    25     organization representing coal miners in this Commonwealth.
    26     (f)  Employment.--Members of the board may continue in
    27  employment in the coal industry while serving on the board.
    28     (g)  Service.--Members shall serve at the pleasure of the
    29  Governor.
    30     (h)  Compensation.--Members of the board shall be compensated
    20080S0949B1744                 - 22 -     

     1  at the appropriate per diem rate based on the prevailing formula
     2  administered by the Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per
     3  day, plus reasonable expenses incurred while performing their
     4  official duties. The compensation shall be adjusted annually by
     5  the department to account for inflation based on the Consumer
     6  Price Index published by the United States Department of Labor.
     7  An individual board member may waive his or her right to all or
     8  part of the compensation.
     9     (i)  Meetings.--The board shall meet within 180 days of the
    10  effective date of this section for, at a minimum, organizational
    11  purposes. Members of the board shall meet at least twice during
    12  each calendar year or more often as may be necessary.
    13     (j)  Access.--In performing its functions, the board shall
    14  have access to the services of the department. The department
    15  shall make clerical support and assistance available to enable
    16  the board to carry out its duties.
    17     (k)  Funding.--Funding for the operation of the board and
    18  implementation of the provisions of this chapter shall be
    19  derived from the general government appropriation of the
    20  department.
    21     (l)  Nominations.--If a vacancy on the board occurs,
    22  nominations and appointments shall be made in the following
    23  manner:
    24         (1)  In the case of an appointment to fill a vacancy, a
    25     list of nominees under subsection (e) shall be requested by
    26     and submitted to the Governor within 30 days after the
    27     vacancy occurs by the major trade association or major labor
    28     organization which nominated the individual whose seat on the
    29     board is vacant.
    30         (2)  The vacancy shall be filled by the Governor within
    20080S0949B1744                 - 23 -     

     1     30 days of the receipt of the list of nominees.
     2     (m)  Quorum.--A quorum of the board shall consist of five
     3  members. Actions of the board must be approved by an affirmative
     4  vote of at least five members.
     5  Section 106.1.  Rulemaking.
     6     (a)  Authority.--The board shall have the authority to
     7  promulgate regulations that are necessary or appropriate to
     8  implement the requirements of this act and to protect the
     9  health, safety and welfare of miners and other individuals in
    10  and about mines.
    11     (b)  Consideration.--The board shall consider promulgating as
    12  regulations any Federal mine safety standards that are either:
    13         (1)  Existing as of the effective date of this section
    14     and that are not included in interim mandatory safety
    15     standards.
    16         (2)  New standards, except for standards concerning
    17     diesel equipment, promulgated after the effective date of
    18     this section.
    19     (c)  Regulations.--Within 250 days of the effective date of
    20  this section, the board shall begin to consider the standards
    21  under subsection (b)(1) for promulgation as regulations. If
    22  final regulations are not promulgated by the board within three
    23  years of the effective date of this section, the department may
    24  promulgate final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
    25     (d)  New standards.--Within 70 days of the effective date of
    26  new mine safety standards under subsection (b)(2), the board
    27  shall begin to consider standards for promulgation as
    28  regulations. If the regulations are not promulgated as final by
    29  the board within three years of the effective date of the
    30  promulgation of the new standards, the department may promulgate
    20080S0949B1744                 - 24 -     

     1  final regulations consistent with Federal standards.
     2     (e)  Justification for regulations.--Regulations shall be
     3  based upon consideration of the latest scientific data in the
     4  field, the technical feasibility of standards, experience gained
     5  under this and other safety statutes, information submitted to
     6  the board in writing by any interested person or the
     7  recommendation of any member of the board, if the board
     8  determines that a regulation should be developed in order to
     9  serve the objectives of this act.
    10     (f)  Topic.--Without limiting the scope of the board's
    11  authority under this section, regulations may address any of the
    12  following:
    13         (1)  Revisions to an interim mandatory safety standard to
    14     address a new technology or method of mining.
    15         (2)  Hazards not addressed by existing safety standards.
    16         (3)  The identification of positions not listed under
    17     this act requiring a certificate of qualification.
    18         (4)  The establishment of fees for services in amounts
    19     sufficient to cover the department's costs of administering
    20     this act. The fees established by the board may be increased
    21     each year after implementation by the percentage, if any, by
    22     which the Consumer Price Index for the most recent calendar
    23     year exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the calendar year
    24     1989. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Consumer Price
    25     Index for any calendar year shall mean the average of the
    26     Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers, published by
    27     the United States Department of Labor, as of the close of the
    28     12-month period ending on August 31 of each calendar year.
    29     (g)  Safety.--No regulation promulgated by the board shall
    30  reduce or compromise the level of safety or protection afforded
    20080S0949B1744                 - 25 -     

     1  mine workers under this act. The department may disapprove a
     2  final regulation approved by the board which the department
     3  determines would reduce or compromise the level of safety or
     4  protection afforded mine workers under this act if the
     5  department describes the basis for the disapproval.
     6     (h)  Miner Act.--With regard to the adoption of Federal
     7  standards established pursuant to the Mine Improvement and New
     8  Emergency Response Act of 2006 (Public Law 109-236, 120 Stat.
     9  493), the following shall apply:
    10         (1)  The board is specifically authorized to promulgate
    11     regulations that the board deems appropriate, including
    12     accelerated compliance schedules and additional requirements.
    13         (2)  The board shall consider promulgating regulations
    14     regarding flammability standards for conveyor belts.
    15         (3)  If MSHA fails to promulgate regulations regarding
    16     emergency shelters and chambers, the board shall promulgate
    17     regulations.
    18         (4)  Regulations shall be no less stringent than the
    19     Federal mine safety standards
    20     (i)  Action.--The board shall take action on the tests and
    21  evaluations performed by the mining industry under section
    22  334(b) and (c).
    23     (j)  Fees.--The department may set reasonable interim fees
    24  pending adoption of fee regulations under this section.
    25  Section 106.2.  Emergency shelters and chambers.
    26     The board's emergency shelter or chamber regulations shall
    27  consider all of the following:
    28         (1)  Provide a minimum of 48 hours of life support,
    29     including air, water, emergency medical supplies and food,
    30     for the maximum number of miners reasonably expected to be on
    20080S0949B1744                 - 26 -     

     1     the working section.
     2         (2)  Be capable of surviving an initial event with a peak
     3     over pressure of 15 pounds per square inch for three seconds
     4     and a flash fire, as defined by National Fire Protection
     5     Association standard NFPA-2113, of 300 degrees Fahrenheit for
     6     three seconds.
     7         (3)  Be constructed in a manner that the emergency
     8     shelter or chamber will be protected under normal handling
     9     and pre-event mine conditions.
    10         (4)  Provide for rapidly establishing and maintaining an
    11     internal shelter atmosphere of oxygen above 19.5%, carbon
    12     dioxide below 0.5%.
    13         (5)  Provide for carbon monoxide below 50 parts per
    14     million and an apparent-temperature of 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
    15         (6)  Provide the ability to monitor carbon monoxide and
    16     oxygen inside and outside the shelter or chamber.
    17         (7)  Provide a means for entry and exit that maintains
    18     the integrity of the internal atmosphere.
    19         (8)  Provide a means for MSHA-certified intrinsically
    20     safe power if power is required.
    21         (9)  Provide a minimum of eight quarts of water per
    22     miner.
    23         (10)  Provide a minimum of 4,000 calories of food per
    24     miner.
    25         (11)  Provide a means for disposal of human waste to the
    26     outside of the shelter or chamber.
    27         (12)  Provide a first aid kit.
    28         (13)  Have provisions for inspection of the shelter or
    29     chamber and its contents.
    30         (14)  Contain manufacturer-recommended repair materials.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 27 -     

     1         (15)  Provide a battery-powered, occupant-activated
     2     strobe light, of a model approved by the board, that is
     3     visible from the outside indicating occupancy.
     4         (16)  Provide provisions for communication to the
     5     surface.
     6         (17)  Provide proof of current approval for all items and
     7     materials subject to approval.
     8  Section 106.3.  Notice to operators and miners.
     9     The department shall send a copy in writing or electronically
    10  of every proposed regulation and final regulation, at the time
    11  of publication in the Pennsylvania Bulletin, to the operator of
    12  each mine and, where applicable, the representative of the
    13  miners at the mine, and the copy shall be immediately posted on
    14  the bulletin board of the mine by the operator or the operator's
    15  agent. Failure to receive the notice shall not invalidate the
    16  final regulation or relieve anyone of the obligation to comply
    17  with final regulation.
    18  Section 106.4.  Standards for surface facilities.
    19     The department shall use the applicable standards contained
    20  in 30 CFR Part 77 (relating to mandatory safety standards,
    21  surface coal mines and surface work areas of underground coal
    22  mines) regarding the sinking of shafts and slopes and surface
    23  facilities that are part of mines, pending promulgation of
    24  regulations by the board regarding those activities and
    25  facilities.
    26  Section 107.  Safety issues.
    27     The department shall consider the safety of miners in
    28  reviewing and acting on applications for permits issued to and
    29  for mines and shall include conditions addressing safety in
    30  issuing the permits. If the department determines that any
    20080S0949B1744                 - 28 -     

     1  aspect of the contemplated activity at an existing or proposed
     2  mine might constitute a threat to the health and safety of
     3  miners or individuals in and about mines, the department shall
     4  require the applicant or operator to eliminate the threat. If
     5  the applicant or operator does not eliminate the threat to the
     6  department's satisfaction, the department shall deny the
     7  application or applications or shall unilaterally modify the
     8  terms of the permit or suspend or revoke the permit.
     9  Section 108.  Inspections.
    10     The department shall make frequent inspections of mines. Each
    11  mine shall be inspected at least semiannually for electrical
    12  purposes and at least quarterly for general purposes.
    13  Inspections shall be conducted more frequently when the
    14  department determines that more frequent inspections are
    15  necessary or desirable. Inspections shall be conducted for the
    16  purposes of:
    17         (1)  Obtaining, utilizing and disseminating information
    18     relating to health and safety conditions, the causes of
    19     accidents and the causes of diseases and physical impairments
    20     originating in mines.
    21         (2)  Gathering information with respect to health or
    22     safety standards established or regulations promulgated under
    23     this act.
    24         (3)  Determining whether a danger exists.
    25         (4)  Determining whether the mine is in compliance with
    26     the provisions of this act, the mine safety regulations and
    27     any order, permit or decision issued by the department under
    28     this act.
    29  Section 109.  Accidents.
    30     (a)  Duties of operator.--In the event of an accident
    20080S0949B1744                 - 29 -     

     1  occurring at a mine, an operator shall do all of the following:
     2         (1)  Notify the department no later than 15 minutes of
     3     discovery of the accident.
     4         (2)  Take appropriate measures to prevent the destruction
     5     of evidence which would assist in investigating the cause of
     6     the accident. Unless granted permission by the department, no
     7     operator may alter an accident site or an accident-related
     8     area until completion of all investigations pertaining to the
     9     accident, except to rescue any individual and prevent
    10     destruction of mine equipment.
    11         (3)  Obtain the approval of the department for any plan
    12     to recover an individual in the mine, to recover the coal
    13     mine or to return the affected areas of the mine to normal
    14     operations.
    15         (4)  Conduct its own investigation of the accident and
    16     develop a written report of the investigation. The report
    17     shall include all of the following:
    18             (i)  The date and hour of the accident.
    19             (ii)  The date the investigation began.
    20             (iii)  The names of the individuals participating in
    21         the investigation.
    22             (iv)  A description of the accident site.
    23             (v)  An explanation of the accident or injury,
    24         including a description of any equipment involved and
    25         relevant events before and after the accident.
    26             (vi)  An explanation of the cause of the accident.
    27             (vii)  An explanation of the cause of any injury
    28         sustained due to the accident.
    29             (viii)  The name, occupation and experience of any
    30         miner involved in the accident.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 30 -     

     1             (ix)  A sketch depicting the accident, including
     2         dimensions where pertinent.
     3             (x)  A description of steps taken to prevent a
     4         similar accident in the future.
     5     (b)  Duties of department.--In the event of an accident
     6  occurring at a mine, the department shall do all of the
     7  following:
     8         (1)  Take whatever action it deems appropriate, including
     9     the issuance of orders, to protect the life, health or safety
    10     of an individual, including coordinating and assisting rescue
    11     and recovery activities in the mine.
    12         (2)  Promptly decide whether to conduct an investigation
    13     of the accident and inform the operator and the
    14     representative of the miners of its decision.
    15     (c)  Report.--Each operator shall report to the department
    16  each accident and lost-time injury.
    17         (1)  The operator shall report within ten working days of
    18     the accident or lost-time injury. An operator may meet the
    19     requirements of this paragraph by submitting a copy of the
    20     MSHA Mine Accident, Injury and Illness Report Form 7000-1
    21     required by 30 CFR § 50.20 (relating to preparation and
    22     submission of MSHA Report Form 7000-1--Mine Accident, Injury,
    23     and Illness Report) in use on the date of the accident.
    24         (2)  Each accident and lost-time injury shall be reported
    25     on a separate form. If more than one miner is injured in the
    26     same accident, the operator shall submit a separate form for
    27     each miner affected.
    28  Section 110.  Mine officials' certification.
    29     (a)  Administration.--After evaluating the examinations, the
    30  department shall issue certificates to those candidates who have
    20080S0949B1744                 - 31 -     

     1  met the established criteria for each certification category.
     2     (b)  Committee.--
     3         (1)  The department shall appoint a committee to annually
     4     review and update the department's database of examination
     5     questions and answers. The committee shall be made up of an
     6     equal number of persons representing the viewpoints of the
     7     department, operators and miners.
     8         (2)  Members of the committee shall be compensated in the
     9     same manner as members of the board under section 106(h). An
    10     individual committee member may waive the right to all or
    11     part of the compensation under this paragraph.
    12         (3)  Members of the committee shall, after the committee
    13     has been duly organized, take and subscribe the following
    14     oath before an officer authorized to administer oaths:
    15         We, the undersigned, do solemnly swear that we will
    16         perform the duties of members of this committee, and we
    17         will not divulge or make known to an individual any
    18         question prepared for the mine officials, or in any
    19         manner assist any applicant to pass the examination.
    20     (c)  Confidential records.--Records pertaining to
    21  certification examinations shall not constitute a public record
    22  under the act of June 21, 1957 (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as
    23  the Right-to-Know Law.
    24  Section 111.  Classification of mines as gassy.
    25     Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the distinction
    26  between gassy and nongassy mines is eliminated, and all
    27  underground bituminous mines shall comply with the requirements
    28  for gassy mines.
    29  Section 112.  Reports.
    30     (a)  Questionnaire.--The operator of an underground mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 32 -     

     1  shall submit to the department a completed or revised deep mine
     2  questionnaire in the following instances:
     3         (1)  Prior to the commencement of any work for the
     4     purpose of opening of a new underground mine or reopening an
     5     underground mine that has closed.
     6         (2)  Upon change of the information reflected on the most
     7     recently submitted operator's questionnaire.
     8     (a.1)  Notice.--Upon discontinuance of the operation of an
     9  underground mine, the operator shall immediately notify the
    10  department.
    11     (b)  Quarterly reports.--
    12         (1)  Each operator of an active mine shall submit
    13     quarterly reports within 15 days after the end of each
    14     quarter. The report shall contain information reflecting the
    15     activities of the previous quarter and shall include all of
    16     the following:
    17             (i)  The name and address of the mine.
    18             (ii)  Identification of the mine superintendent and
    19         mine foreman.
    20             (iii)  The employment, employee hours and coal
    21         production statistics for the mine.
    22             (iv)  A detailed description of the reportable
    23         injuries or accidents that occurred at the mine.
    24         (2)  An operator may meet the requirements of paragraph
    25     (1) by submitting a copy of the MSHA Quarterly Employment and
    26     Coal Production Report in use on the date of the quarterly
    27     report.
    28     (c)  Corrections.--By February 15 of each year, an operator
    29  must submit any corrections to the quarterly reports submitted
    30  during the prior year and must certify the accuracy of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 33 -     

     1  corrected quarterly reports.
     2     (d)  Additional duties.--In addition to any records required
     3  under this act, a mine operator shall establish and maintain
     4  records, make reports and provide information as the department
     5  may require from time to time. The department is authorized to
     6  compile, analyze and publish, either in summary or detail form,
     7  the reports or information obtained. All records, information,
     8  reports, findings, notices, orders or decisions required or
     9  issued pursuant to or under this act may be published from time
    10  to time, may be released to any interested person and shall
    11  constitute a public record under the act of June 21, 1957
    12  (P.L.390, No.212), referred to as the Right-to-Know Law.
    13     (e)  Copies.--An operator of a mine shall maintain a copy of
    14  the reports required by this section at the mine office closest
    15  to the mine for a period of not less than five years after
    16  submission of the reports.
    17  Section 113.  Mine rescue program.
    18     (a)  Establishment.--The department is authorized to
    19  establish and administer a mine rescue program for mines not
    20  able to provide a mine rescue crew for themselves. The
    21  department shall establish a program to do the following:
    22         (1)  Instruct mine employees how to care for individuals
    23     injured in and about the mines.
    24         (2)  Train mine employees who may voluntarily seek
    25     training in the use of self-contained breathing apparatus,
    26     gas masks, first aid to the injured and other things or
    27     practices essential to the safe and efficient conduct of the
    28     work of first aid and mine rescue.
    29     (b)  Equipment.--The department shall purchase and maintain
    30  adequate quantities of emergency response vehicles, specialized
    20080S0949B1744                 - 34 -     

     1  equipment, supplies and services necessary to assure rapid and
     2  effective response to mine emergencies, including mine fires,
     3  mine explosions, mine inundations, entrapments and mine recovery
     4  operations.
     5     (c)  Contracts.--In the event of an emergency response, the
     6  department may use the emergency contracting provisions of 62
     7  Pa.C.S. § 516 (relating to emergency procurement) to lease
     8  additional services or equipment as is needed to respond to a
     9  mine emergency. The department, with the consent of the
    10  Governor, may use funds available to the Commonwealth for the
    11  purpose of responding to a mine emergency.
    12  Section 114.  Direction of mine rescue work.
    13     The department shall coordinate and assist in all responses
    14  to a mine emergency conducted in this Commonwealth. The extent
    15  of coordination and assistance shall depend on the nature of the
    16  mine emergency and the operator's ability to respond to the mine
    17  emergency. This authority shall include directing responses to
    18  mine emergencies and assigning mine rescue crews and mine rescue
    19  and recovery work to mine inspectors or other qualified
    20  employees of the department.
    21  Section 115.  Recovery of funds.
    22     The department is authorized to seek from an operator
    23  reimbursement of funds expended by the department to rent
    24  equipment and obtain services in responding to a mine emergency.
    25  Section 116.  Mine Safety Fund.
    26     There is created a special fund known as the Mine Safety
    27  Fund. All moneys received by the department under this act and
    28  all moneys recovered from operators for expenses incurred in
    29  responding to a mine emergency shall be deposited by the State
    30  Treasurer into the Mine Safety Fund. All moneys deposited in the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 35 -     

     1  fund are hereby appropriated, upon approval of the Governor, to
     2  the department for mine safety activities and the administration
     3  of this act.
     4  Section 117.  Bituminous mine inspector.
     5     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
     6  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
     7  employment as a bituminous mine inspector, an individual must,
     8  at a minimum, meet the following qualifications:
     9         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
    10         (2)  Be an individual of good moral character and known
    11     temperate habits.
    12         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
    13     coal mine.
    14         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
    15         (5)  Be at least 30 years of age.
    16         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
    17     underground bituminous coal mine.
    18         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
    19     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner.
    20         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
    21     inspector's examination as conducted by the State Civil
    22     Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service Act.
    23  Section 118.  Bituminous mine electrical inspector.
    24     Notwithstanding the act of August 5, 1941 (P.L.752, No.286),
    25  known as the Civil Service Act, in order to become eligible for
    26  employment as a bituminous mine electrical inspector, an
    27  individual must meet at least the following qualifications:
    28         (1)  Be a resident of this Commonwealth.
    29         (2)  Be an individual of good moral character and known
    30     temperate habits.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 36 -     

     1         (3)  Be physically capable of entering and inspecting a
     2     coal mine.
     3         (4)  Have at least a high school diploma.
     4         (5)  Be at least 30 years of age.
     5         (6)  Have had at least ten years' experience in an
     6     underground bituminous coal mine.
     7         (7)  Hold a current, valid certificate as a bituminous
     8     mine electrician.
     9         (8)  Pass, with at least a score of 90%, the mine
    10     electrical inspector's examination as conducted by the State
    11     Civil Service Commission in accordance with the Civil Service
    12     Act.
    13  Section 119.  Availability of mine maps.
    14     (a)  Authorization.--The department is authorized and
    15  directed to obtain and copy all maps of mining conducted in this
    16  Commonwealth.
    17     (b)  Inspection and copying.--An individual who has
    18  possession of a mine map shall make the map available to the
    19  department for inspection and copying. The map shall be returned
    20  to its owner within 30 days.
    21     (c)  Liability.--No individual shall, solely on the basis of
    22  supplying a mine map to the department, be attributed or
    23  divested of liability.
    24  Section 120.  Mine map repository.
    25     The department shall develop and maintain a repository of all
    26  mine maps it has obtained or has had an opportunity to copy. The
    27  department shall organize and catalog the mine maps in the
    28  repository to enable the department, other government agencies,
    29  mine operators and the general public to review the mine maps
    30  and to determine the location of mine workings. All mine maps
    20080S0949B1744                 - 37 -     

     1  and copies of mine maps held by the department shall be open for
     2  public inspection and made available for review upon request
     3  during the department's normal business hours.
     4  Section 121.  Applicability.
     5     The provisions of Chapters 2 and 3 shall not apply to the
     6  construction of shafts and slopes.
     7                             CHAPTER 2
     8       GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND BITUMINOUS MINES
     9  Section 201.  General safety requirements.
    10     The following are general safety requirements:
    11         (1)  All work must be performed in a safe manner.
    12         (2)  All equipment must be maintained in safe operating
    13     condition.
    14         (3)  No individual shall be employed as a mine foreman,
    15     assistant mine foreman, mine examiner, mine electrician,
    16     mining machine operator, shot-firer or miner unless that
    17     individual holds a current, valid certification from the
    18     department to work in that capacity. An individual who holds
    19     a current, valid certification to be a mine foreman may also
    20     work as an assistant mine foreman or mine examiner. Only a
    21     mine official shall direct the work force in matters
    22     involving the safety of employees. An individual who holds a
    23     current, valid certification as an assistant mine foreman may
    24     also work as a mine examiner.
    25         (4)  It shall be the duty of the operator and all mine
    26     officials to comply with and see that others comply with the
    27     provisions of this act, the regulations promulgated pursuant
    28     to this act, all orders and approvals and the safety
    29     conditions in permits issued to the mine. It shall also be
    30     the duty of the operator and all mine officials to cooperate
    20080S0949B1744                 - 38 -     

     1     with the department in implementing the provisions of this
     2     act and effectuating the purposes of this act.
     3         (5)  The operator and all mine officials shall comply
     4     with and follow all mining plans, approvals and orders issued
     5     by the department, rules and regulations of the operator, all
     6     provisions of law that are in harmony with this act and all
     7     other applicable laws. The operator is responsible for
     8     assuring that all activities in and around the mine,
     9     including those conducted by contractors, are conducted in
    10     compliance with this act, regulations promulgated under this
    11     act, approvals and orders issued by the department and any
    12     safety conditions included in permits.
    13         (6)  During coal production, an assistant mine foreman
    14     shall be assigned to only one working section. The assistant
    15     mine foreman shall supervise individuals engaged in the coal-
    16     cutting operation. The assistant mine foreman may perform
    17     additional duties provided that he spends a majority of his
    18     time supervising individuals engaged in the coal-cutting
    19     operation.
    20         (7)  Every superintendent, mine foreman, assistant mine
    21     foreman, mine electrician and mine examiner shall represent
    22     the Commonwealth in the mine in which he is employed and
    23     shall be deemed an officer of the Commonwealth in enforcing
    24     the provisions of this act and performing the mine official's
    25     duties under this act. The superintendent, mine foreman,
    26     assistant mine foreman, mine electrician or mine examiner
    27     shall perform these duties during such times as the mine is
    28     in operation and at such other times as the department deems
    29     to be necessary or appropriate to make the mine safe and to
    30     protect the health and safety of those who work in and around
    20080S0949B1744                 - 39 -     

     1     the mine.
     2  Section 202.  Qualifications for certification.
     3     (a)  General requirements.--
     4         (1)  Except as set forth under paragraph (2), in order to
     5     be eligible to sit for a certification examination, the
     6     following shall apply:
     7             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
     8         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
     9         coal mine:
    10                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, five
    11             years.
    12                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, four years.
    13                 (C)  Mine examiner, three years.
    14             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
    15         (i), a minimum of two years' experience must have been in
    16         a working section.
    17         (2)  If an applicant holds a bachelor's degree in mining
    18     engineering or an associate degree in mining technology from
    19     a recognized institution of higher education in the case of a
    20     mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or a
    21     bachelor's degree in electrical engineering or an associate
    22     degree in electrical technology from a recognized institution
    23     of higher education in the case of a mine electrician, in
    24     order to be eligible to sit for a certification examination,
    25     the following shall apply:
    26             (i)  An applicant must demonstrate the following
    27         levels of work experience in an underground bituminous
    28         coal mine:
    29                 (A)  Mine foreman or mine electrician, four
    30             years.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 40 -     

     1                 (B)  Assistant mine foreman, three years.
     2                 (C)  Mine examiner, two years.
     3             (ii)  For each certification category in subparagraph
     4         (i), a minimum of one year's experience must have been in
     5         a working section.
     6     (b)  Additional requirements.--The following additional
     7  requirements shall apply:
     8         (1)  All applicants shall be able to read and write the
     9     English language intelligently, and shall furnish the
    10     department with certificates as to their character and
    11     temperate habits, and a notarized statement from previous
    12     employers setting forth the length of service and type of
    13     work performed in the different mines.
    14         (2)  Certificates of qualification as mine foremen shall
    15     be granted to individuals who have given to the department
    16     satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform the duties
    17     of mine foreman and who have received training by individuals
    18     approved by the department in determining the presence of
    19     explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and mechanics of
    20     all gas detection devices, and who have received an average
    21     of at least 80% in the examination.
    22         (3)  Certificates of qualification as assistant mine
    23     foremen shall be granted to individuals who have given to the
    24     department satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform
    25     the duties of assistant mine foreman and who have received
    26     training by individuals approved by the department in
    27     determining the presence of explosive and noxious gases, and
    28     in the use and mechanics of all gas detection devices, and
    29     who have received an average of at least 70% in the
    30     examination.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 41 -     

     1         (4)  Certificates of qualification as mine examiners
     2     shall be granted to individuals who have given to the
     3     department satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform
     4     the duties of mine examiners and who have received training
     5     by individuals approved by the department in determining the
     6     presence of explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and
     7     mechanics of all gas detection devices, and who have received
     8     an average of at least 75% in the mine examiners examination.
     9         (5)  Certificates of qualification as mine electrician
    10     shall be granted to individuals who have given to the
    11     department satisfactory evidence of their ability to perform
    12     the duties of mine electrician and received training by
    13     individuals approved by the department in determining the
    14     presence of explosive and noxious gases, and in the use and
    15     mechanics of all gas detection devices, and who have received
    16     an average of 75% in the mine electrician's examination.
    17         (6)  Certificates of qualification or service granted
    18     prior to the effective date of this act shall have equal
    19     value with certificates of qualification granted under this
    20     act.
    21         (7)  All applicants who have satisfactorily passed
    22     examinations, after being certified but before assuming their
    23     duties as mine foremen, mine electricians, assistant mine
    24     foremen or mine examiners, shall accompany a certified mine
    25     foreman or certified assistant mine foreman for not less than
    26     two weeks for training purposes in accordance with a training
    27     program submitted by the operator and approved by the
    28     department. Any applicant who has been granted a mine
    29     official certificate prior to the effective date of this act
    30     need not undergo this training. The record of such training
    20080S0949B1744                 - 42 -     

     1     shall be maintained at the mine.
     2  Section 203.  Emergency use of mine examiner as assistant mine
     3                 foreman.
     4     The mine foreman may appoint a mine examiner who is willing
     5  to act as assistant mine foreman for not more than one month if
     6  all of the following apply:
     7         (1)  There is an emergency. As used in this paragraph,
     8     the term "emergency" means a condition which could not have
     9     been foreseen and requires immediate action.
    10         (2)  There is no assistant mine foreman available in the
    11     mine who is willing to act as an assistant mine foreman.
    12         (3)  A mine foreman may act as an assistant mine foreman,
    13     a mine examiner or a miner. An assistant mine foreman may act
    14     as a mine examiner or a miner. A mine examiner may act as a
    15     miner.
    16         (4)  Foreman trainees, where used, shall not direct the
    17     work force in matters involving directly or indirectly the
    18     safety of employees nor make tests or examinations required
    19     to be made by mine officials.
    20  Section 204.  Certification of miners.
    21     No individual shall be employed or engaged as a miner in any
    22  bituminous coal mine in this Commonwealth without first having
    23  obtained a certificate of competency and qualification, except
    24  that any miner holding such certificate may have a maximum of
    25  two individuals working under his direction as noncertified
    26  miners for the purpose of learning the business of mining, and
    27  such noncertified miner or noncertified miners shall be
    28  permitted to work under the direction of such miner without a
    29  certificate. The miner shall provide adequate oversight to keep
    30  the uncertified individual out of harm's way.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 43 -     

     1  Section 205.  Qualifications for certification as miners.
     2     The following shall apply:
     3         (1)  Miners shall be examined and granted certificates
     4     under regulations of the department.
     5         (2)  No individual shall be qualified to take the
     6     examination unless the individual produces evidence of having
     7     had not less than one year's experience in bituminous coal
     8     mines.
     9         (3)  All individuals possessing certificates of
    10     qualification issued by the Commonwealth entitling them to
    11     act as mine foremen, assistant mine foremen, mine examiners
    12     or mine electricians shall be eligible to engage at any time
    13     as miners in bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth.
    14  Section 206.  Issuance of miners' certificates.
    15     The form and manner of issuing miners' certificates shall be
    16  designated by the department. Certificates granted shall entitle
    17  the certificate holder to be employed as and do the work of a
    18  miner in the bituminous coal mines of this Commonwealth. A
    19  certificate granted shall not be transferable and a transfer
    20  shall be deemed a violation of this act.
    21  Section 207.  Certification of mining machine operators and
    22                 shot-firers.
    23     (a)  General rule.--It shall be unlawful to employ as a
    24  mining machine operator or shot-firer in any bituminous coal
    25  mine any individual who has not given evidence to the department
    26  as to his fitness and competency to handle and use an approved
    27  gas detection device and his ability to determine the presence
    28  or absence of explosive gas and other dangerous conditions. The
    29  manner of determining fitness and competency shall be prescribed
    30  by the department. The department shall issue a certificate to
    20080S0949B1744                 - 44 -     

     1  those found competent, on a form prescribed by the department.
     2  The cost of the examination and certification shall be borne by
     3  the candidates.
     4     (b)  Eligibility.--An individual possessing a certificate of
     5  qualification issued by the Commonwealth entitling the
     6  individual to act as a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman,
     7  mine examiner or mine electrician is eligible to engage as a
     8  mining machine operator in a bituminous coal mine.
     9  Section 208.  Employment of mine foremen.
    10     In order to secure efficient management and proper
    11  ventilation of mines, to promote the health and safety of
    12  individuals employed in mines and to protect and preserve the
    13  property connected with mines, the operator or superintendent
    14  shall employ a competent and practical mine foreman for every
    15  mine, who shall be under the supervision and control of the
    16  operator or superintendent. The operator or superintendent of a
    17  mine shall be held as fully responsible as the individual
    18  appointed to act as mine foreman. The mine foreman shall have
    19  full charge of all the inside workings and the individuals
    20  employed in the mine, subject, however, to the supervision and
    21  control of the operator or superintendent, in order that all the
    22  provisions of this act so far as they relate to his duties shall
    23  be complied with, and the regulations prescribed for each class
    24  of workmen under his charge are carried out in the strictest
    25  manner possible.
    26  Section 209.  Employment of mine electricians.
    27     Each mine shall employ a certified mine electrician, who
    28  shall have full charge of the electrical apparatus at the mine,
    29  but shall be subject to the authority of the mine foreman. It
    30  shall be the duty of the mine electrician to assist the mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 45 -     

     1  foreman in carrying out all the provisions of the bituminous
     2  mining laws bearing on the use and installation of electricity
     3  inside bituminous coal mines and the equipment powered thereby,
     4  and the mine electrician shall be subject to the same penalties
     5  as the mine foreman for any violation of these laws.
     6  Section 210.  Employment of assistant mine foremen.
     7     When mine workings become so extensive that the mine foreman
     8  is unable personally to carry out the requirements of this act
     9  pertaining to duties, the mine foreman shall have the right to
    10  employ a sufficient number of competent individuals to act as
    11  his assistants, who shall be under his instruction and the
    12  operator's or the superintendent's instruction in carrying out
    13  the provisions of this act. In each mine the mine foreman's
    14  assistants must possess assistant mine foreman certificates. In
    15  case of the necessary temporary absence of the mine foreman, the
    16  mine foreman may deputize his responsibilities, for the time
    17  being, to an assistant mine foreman, who shall perform all the
    18  duties of the mine foreman. Any mine foreman, assistant mine
    19  foreman, mine examiner or mine electrician may supervise and
    20  direct the work of a maximum of two noncertified miners, and
    21  shall instruct the individuals how safely and properly to
    22  perform their work.
    23  Section 211.  Ventilation responsibilities of mine foreman.
    24     The following shall apply:
    25         (1)  A mine foreman shall devote the whole of his time to
    26     his duties in the mine when the mine is in operation, shall
    27     keep careful watch over the ventilating apparatus, the
    28     ventilation, airways and travelways and shall see that all
    29     stoppings along airways are properly built.
    30         (2)  A mine foreman shall ensure that proper cut-throughs
    20080S0949B1744                 - 46 -     

     1     are made in the pillars of all rooms and entries, and that
     2     they are closed when necessary or when required by the
     3     department, so that the ventilating current can be conducted
     4     in sufficient quantity through the last cut-through to the
     5     face of each room and entry. A mine foreman shall not permit
     6     any room or entry to be turned in advance of the ventilating
     7     current or in advance of the last cut-through in the entry.
     8         (3)  A mine foreman or an assistant mine foreman shall
     9     measure the air current at or near the main inlet and outlet
    10     airway at least once each week, and also in the last cut-
    11     through in the last room and in the entry beyond the last
    12     room turned in each entry. A record shall be made of daily
    13     measurements in the assistant mine foreman's daily report
    14     book. The measurements shall be taken on days when
    15     individuals are at work, and for making the measurements an
    16     anemometer shall be provided and kept in good condition by
    17     the superintendent of the mine.
    18         (4)  The following pertain to fan stoppage:
    19             (i)  If a main mine fan stops and the ventilating
    20         quantity provided by the fan is not maintained by a
    21         backup fan system, the following actions shall be taken:
    22                 (A)  The power inby the loading point shall be
    23             immediately disconnected and all men shall be
    24             withdrawn from the face areas of the mine to a point
    25             out by the loading point on the main travelway with
    26             established communications.
    27                 (B)  As soon as it is known that the ventilation
    28             has been interrupted, all permissible battery-powered
    29             equipment shall be removed from the immediate face
    30             area and moved to a safe location out by the last
    20080S0949B1744                 - 47 -     

     1             open crosscut. All other battery-powered mobile
     2             equipment, except transportation equipment necessary
     3             for evacuation if located in a safe area, shall not
     4             be used after a ventilation interruption occurs. If
     5             possible, battery terminal leads shall be
     6             disconnected. If leads are not disconnected, all
     7             switches shall be turned off.
     8                 (C)  If the interruption is less than 15 minutes,
     9             the working places, adjacent places and all other
    10             active working areas where methane may accumulate
    11             will be examined by a certified mine foreman,
    12             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner to determine
    13             if methane in the amount of 1.0 volume percent or
    14             more exists before power is restored and the men are
    15             permitted to resume mining operations.
    16             (ii)  If the ventilation is not restored within 15
    17         minutes, the following precautions shall be taken:
    18                 (A)  The power to all underground areas shall be
    19             disconnected.
    20                 (B)  All individuals shall be withdrawn from the
    21             mine on foot under proper supervision.
    22                 (C)  If ventilation is restored before the
    23             evacuation is completed, the certified mine foreman,
    24             assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may start the
    25             reexamination of the mine, but all other individuals
    26             must continue to evacuate.
    27                 (D)  In order to provide for worker safety, power
    28             for communications may be left on.
    29             (iii)  As an alternative to evacuating the men on
    30         foot, a mine operator may propose to utilize mechanical
    20080S0949B1744                 - 48 -     

     1         equipment during the evacuation. To justify this proposal
     2         the operator must perform a survey that shows explosive
     3         gas will not migrate to or accumulate in the designated
     4         haulageways that will be used to evacuate the mine. The
     5         duration of the survey shall be at least twice the travel
     6         time from the farthest face to the surface. The operator
     7         shall provide the representative of the miners, if
     8         applicable, an opportunity to participate in the survey.
     9         The department will approve the survey criteria. Trolley
    10         equipment will not be used during a fan stoppage. If the
    11         survey provides affirmative results, which shall be
    12         provided to the department, the department shall approve
    13         a plan that provides:
    14                 (A)  That permissible transportation equipment
    15             shall be used if available.
    16                 (B)  That evacuations shall begin within 15
    17             minutes after a ventilation interruption and shall
    18             proceed in an orderly and expedient manner.
    19                 (C)  That the minimum number of vehicles will be
    20             used for the evacuation.
    21                 (D)  That, during transportation, a certified
    22             individual qualified to perform methane examinations
    23             riding in each vehicle shall continuously monitor for
    24             methane using a handheld detector and at specific
    25             locations designated by the operator based on the
    26             survey results. The speed of the vehicles shall not
    27             be so fast as to negate the detector's ability to
    28             accurately measure methane levels.
    29                 (E)  That, if at any time during the evacuation
    30             methane is detected in an amount of .25% or more, the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 49 -     

     1             transportation vehicles will be deenergized and the
     2             evacuation completed on foot.
     3                 (F)  That the operator, the department and the
     4             representative of the miners, if applicable, shall
     5             review the plan annually or more frequently if
     6             conditions warrant.
     7             (iv)  If ventilation is restored to normal water
     8         gauge before the evacuation is completed, a certified
     9         mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner may
    10         start the reexamination of the mine, but all OTHER         <--
    11         individuals must continue to evacuate.
    12             (v)  The reexamination shall be made of the mine in
    13         the same manner as a preshift examination for a coal-
    14         producing shift before any power underground is
    15         energized, including battery-powered or diesel-powered
    16         equipment, or before individuals are permitted to enter
    17         the mine. The examination shall be made on foot, except
    18         an operator may use permissible transportation equipment
    19         on intake travelways only for reexamination after a fan
    20         stoppage if the examination is started within the time
    21         period established by the survey. The examination shall
    22         be recorded in the official mine record books used for
    23         examinations under section 218.
    24         (5)  The mine foreman shall notify the superintendent in
    25     writing whenever in his opinion the mine is becoming
    26     dangerous through the lack of ample ventilation at the face
    27     of entries, rooms and other portions of the mine, caused by
    28     the undue length of entries and airways or from any other
    29     cause, resulting in the accumulation of gas or coal dust, or
    30     both, in various portions of the mine. The superintendent
    20080S0949B1744                 - 50 -     

     1     shall thoroughly investigate the mine foreman's report and,
     2     if substantiated, order necessary work done to put the
     3     affected area in safe operating condition. It shall be the
     4     duty of the superintendent to immediately notify the
     5     department of the condition.
     6         (6)  The mine foreman shall see that every mine releasing
     7     explosive gas is kept free of standing methane, but any
     8     accumulation of explosive or noxious gases in the worked-out
     9     or abandoned portions of any mine shall be removed as soon as
    10     possible after its discovery, if it is practicable to remove
    11     it. No individual endangered by the presence of explosive or
    12     noxious gases shall be allowed in that portion of the mine
    13     until the gases have been removed. The mine foreman shall
    14     direct and see that all dangerous places and the entrance or
    15     entrances to worked-out and abandoned places in all mines are
    16     properly fenced off across the openings so that no individual
    17     can enter, and that danger signals SIGNS are posted upon said  <--
    18     fencing to warn individuals of the existing danger.
    19         (7)  When operations are temporarily suspended in a mine,
    20     the mine foreman shall see that danger signals SIGNS are       <--
    21     placed across the mine entrance, which signals shall be
    22     sufficient warning for unauthorized individuals not to enter
    23     the mine. If the circulation of air through the mine be
    24     stopped, each entrance to the mine shall be fenced off in
    25     such a manner as will ordinarily prevent individuals from
    26     entering the mine, and a danger signal SIGN shall be           <--
    27     displayed upon the fence at each entrance and maintained in
    28     good condition. The mine foreman shall see that all danger
    29     signals SIGNS used in the mine are in good condition and if    <--
    30     any become defective, he shall notify the superintendent.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 51 -     

     1  Section 212.  Mine foreman's responsibility for working place
     2                 safety.
     3     The following shall apply:
     4         (1)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
     5     direct and see that every working place is properly secured
     6     and shall see that no individual is directed or permitted to
     7     work in an unsafe place, unless it be for the purpose of
     8     making it safe. The mine foreman shall see that workmen are
     9     provided with sufficient roof support materials delivered to
    10     their working place or places. When timbers are used for roof
    11     support, they shall be cut square on both ends and as near as
    12     practicable to proper length.
    13         (2)  Every workman in need of roof support materials
    14     shall notify the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman
    15     of the fact at least one day in advance, stating the roof
    16     support materials are required. In case of emergency, roof
    17     support materials may be ordered immediately upon the
    18     discovery of danger. If for any reason the necessary roof
    19     support materials cannot be supplied when required, the mine
    20     foreman or assistant mine foreman shall instruct the workmen
    21     to vacate the place until the material needed is supplied.
    22         (3)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall
    23     direct and see that, as the miners advance in their
    24     excavation, all dangerous and doubtful pieces of coal, slate
    25     and rock are taken down or immediately carefully secured
    26     against falling on the workmen. Any workman who neglects to
    27     carry out or disobeys the instructions of the mine foreman or
    28     assistant mine foreman, in regard to securing his working
    29     place, shall be suspended or discharged by the mine foreman,
    30     and if such negligence or disobedience results in serious
    20080S0949B1744                 - 52 -     

     1     injury or loss of life to any individual, the mine foreman
     2     shall report the name of that workman to the department for
     3     prosecution under the requirements of this act.
     4         (4)  The mine foreman shall give prompt attention to the
     5     removal of all dangers reported to him by his assistants, the
     6     mine examiner or any other individual working in the mine,
     7     and in case it is impracticable to immediately remove the
     8     danger, he shall notify every individual whose safety is
     9     threatened to remain away from the area of the mine where the
    10     dangerous conditions exist.
    11         (5)  The mine foreman, his assistant or the mine examiner
    12     shall, once each week, travel and examine all the air
    13     courses, roads and openings that give access to old workings   <--
    14     or falls and make a record in ink of the condition of all
    15     places in the book provided for that purpose.
    16         (6)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman to see that
    17     approved gas detection devices are used when and where
    18     required by this act. No approved gas detection device shall
    19     be entrusted to any individual for use in a mine until the
    20     individual has given satisfactory evidence to the mine
    21     foreman that he understands the proper use of the device and
    22     the danger of tampering with the device. The transportation
    23     of tools into and out of the mine shall be under the
    24     direction of the mine foreman or an assistant mine foreman.
    25         (7)  Instructions shall be given by the mine foreman,
    26     assistant mine foreman or mine examiner, or other authorized
    27     individual, as to when, where and how roof supports shall be
    28     placed in order to avoid accidents from falls and to mine
    29     coal with safety to themselves and others. In addition, the
    30     mine foreman or assistant mine foreman shall give special
    20080S0949B1744                 - 53 -     

     1     care and attention to drawing pillars, particularly when
     2     falls are thereby being made.
     3  Section 213.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for blasting.
     4     The following shall apply:
     5         (1)  The mine foreman shall direct that the coal is
     6     properly mined before it is blasted, shot or broken. For
     7     purposes of this paragraph, the term "properly mined" shall
     8     mean that the coal shall be undercut, centercut, overcut or
     9     sheared by pick or machine, and in any case the cutting shall
    10     be as deep as the holes are laid.
    11         (2)  The mine foreman or assistant mine foreman, under
    12     instructions from the mine foreman, shall direct that the
    13     holes for blasting shall be properly placed and shall
    14     designate the angle and depth of holes, which shall not be
    15     deeper than the undercutting, centercutting, overcutting or
    16     shearing, the maximum quantity of explosives required for
    17     each hole and the method of charging and tamping.
    18         (3)  The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of
    19     competent and legally certified individuals to act as shot-
    20     firers.
    21  Section 214.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for drainage.
    22     The following shall apply:
    23         (1)  The mine foreman shall see that the work areas are
    24     kept as free from water as practicable during working hours.
    25     Except for individuals necessary to correct the condition,
    26     individuals shall not enter an area with such accumulations.
    27         (2)  Whenever any working place in a mine approaches
    28     within 50 feet of abandoned workings, as shown by surveys
    29     certified by a registered engineer or surveyor, or within 500
    30     feet of any other abandoned workings of the mine, which
    20080S0949B1744                 - 54 -     

     1     cannot be inspected and which may contain dangerous
     2     accumulations of water or gas, or within 500 feet of any
     3     workings of an adjacent mine, a test drilling plan which
     4     provides for the safety of all individuals must be submitted
     5     by the operator to the department for approval. The
     6     department may increase the setback distances under this
     7     paragraph.
     8         (3)  No mining may occur within the setback distances
     9     under paragraph (2) unless the department approves the test
    10     drilling plan and gives permission to proceed.
    11         (4)  No water or gas from any portion of an abandoned
    12     mine, or from any idle portion of an active mine, and no
    13     borehole from the surface shall be tapped except under the
    14     immediate instruction and direction of the mine foreman with
    15     the use of approved gas detection equipment. It shall be
    16     unlawful to work or employ individuals to work in any portion
    17     of a bituminous coal mine in which a body of water is dammed
    18     or held back at a higher elevation in the same mine by
    19     natural or artificial means, unless approval is given in
    20     writing by the department.
    21         (5)  The department shall not accept from an operator a
    22     six-month mine subsidence map as required by the act of April
    23     27, 1966 (1st Sp.Sess. P.L.31, No.1), known as The Bituminous
    24     Mine Subsidence and Land Conservation Act, unless the map
    25     includes the information required by paragraphs (2), (3) and
    26     (4).
    27  Section 215.  Mine foreman's responsibility for employment of
    28                 competent individuals.
    29     A noncertified individual may not be employed to operate
    30  equipment in a mine until the individual has completed a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 55 -     

     1  training program approved by the department and has given the
     2  mine foreman satisfactory proof that the individual can do the
     3  assigned work without endangering anyone.
     4  Section 216.  Mine foreman's responsibilities for inspections
     5                 and reports.
     6     The following shall apply:
     7         (1)  In all mines, the mine foreman shall employ a
     8     sufficient number of assistants to ensure a visit to each
     9     employee during each shift, except mine officials and miners
    10     whose normal duties require travel throughout the mine,
    11     either by the mine foreman or his assistants.
    12         (2)  The mine foreman shall each day enter plainly and
    13     sign in ink a report of the condition of the mine in a book
    14     provided for that purpose. The report shall clearly state any
    15     danger that may have come under his observation during the
    16     day or any danger reported by the assistant mine foreman or
    17     the mine examiners. The report shall also state whether or
    18     not a proper supply of material is on hand for the safe
    19     working of the mine, and whether or not the requirements of
    20     law are complied with. The mine foreman shall also, once each
    21     week, enter plainly in ink in the book a true report of all
    22     weekly air measurements required by this act, designating the
    23     place, the area of each cut-through and entry separately, the
    24     velocity of the air in each cut-through and entry, the
    25     quantity of the air in each cut-through and entry and the
    26     number employed in each separate split of air, with the date
    27     when measurements were taken. The book shall at all times be
    28     kept in the mine office, for examination by the department or
    29     any individual working in the mine, in the presence of the
    30     superintendent or the mine foreman. The mine foreman shall
    20080S0949B1744                 - 56 -     

     1     also each day read carefully and countersign in ink all
     2     reports entered in the record book of the mine examiners.
     3         (3)  When assistant mine foremen are employed, their duty
     4     shall be to assist the mine foreman in complying with the
     5     provisions of this act, and they shall be liable to the same
     6     penalties as the mine foreman for any violation of this act
     7     in parts or portions of the mine under their jurisdiction. At
     8     the end of each shift, each assistant mine foreman shall make
     9     a report in a book provided for that purpose, giving the
    10     general condition as to safety of the working places visited,
    11     and shall make a note of any unusual occurrence observed
    12     during the shift. The mine foreman shall read carefully the
    13     daily report of each assistant mine foreman and shall sign
    14     the report in ink daily. Where more than one portal is being
    15     used for the entrance of miners into a mine, the mine foreman
    16     may designate an assistant who holds a mine foreman
    17     certificate to sign the assistant mine foreman's and mine
    18     examiner's daily report books at each portal other than the
    19     main portal.
    20         (4)  It shall be the duty of the mine foreman or
    21     assistant mine foreman, or an authorized individual
    22     designated by the mine foreman, to examine daily IN A GENERAL  <--
    23     WAY all electrical equipment and other machinery under his
    24     jurisdiction to see that it is in safe operating condition
    25     and make a report in the assistant mine foreman's daily
    26     report book. It shall be the duty of the mine electrician to
    27     make and sign a written report once each week in a record
    28     book provided for that purpose, stating the condition of
    29     electrical equipment and other machinery in the mine. The
    30     report shall be countersigned by the mine foreman.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 57 -     

     1  Section 217.  Employment of mine examiners.
     2     The mine foreman shall employ a sufficient number of mine
     3  examiners to ensure that each mine can be examined in accordance
     4  with the provisions of this act. The mine foreman or the
     5  assistant mine foreman shall ensure that the mine examiner has
     6  initialed, including date and time, the places examined or
     7  reported as examined.
     8  Section 218.  Duties of mine examiners.
     9     (a)  Examination of mine.--Within three hours immediately
    10  preceding the beginning of a coal-producing shift and before any
    11  workmen in such shift, other than those who may be designated to
    12  make the examination under this section, enter the underground
    13  areas of the mine, the mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or
    14  mine examiner designated by the mine foreman shall make an
    15  examination of the areas AS PRESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION. Each      <--
    16  individual designated to act as a mine examiner shall be
    17  directed to examine a definite underground area of the mine and
    18  shall inspect every active working place and places immediately
    19  adjacent in the area and make tests with an approved gas
    20  detection device for accumulations of methane and oxygen-
    21  deficiency in the air. The mine examiner shall examine seals and
    22  doors to determine whether they are functioning properly;
    23  inspect and test the roof, face and rib conditions in the
    24  working places; inspect active roadways, every unfenced roadway,
    25  travelways, approaches to abandoned workings, and accessible
    26  falls in active sections for explosive gas and other hazards;
    27  and inspect to determine whether the air in each split is
    28  traveling in its proper course and in normal volume. The mine
    29  examiner shall initial and date the face of each place he
    30  examines or in a nearby location. If the mine examiner finds a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 58 -     

     1  condition which the mine examiner considers to be dangerous to
     2  individuals who may enter or be in such area, he shall post a
     3  "danger" sign conspicuously at a point which individuals
     4  entering such dangerous place would be required to pass. No
     5  individual, other than Federal or State mine inspectors, or the
     6  mine foreman or assistant mine foreman, or individuals
     7  authorized by the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman to
     8  enter the place for the purpose of eliminating the dangerous
     9  condition, shall enter the place while the sign is posted.
    10     (b)  Record book.--A suitable record book shall be kept at
    11  the mine office, on the surface, of every mine where mine
    12  examiners are employed, and immediately after the examination of
    13  the mine or any portion thereof by a mine examiner, whose duty
    14  it is to make the examination, he shall enter in the book, with
    15  ink, a record of the examination, and sign the same. This record
    16  shall show the time taken in making the examination, and also
    17  clearly state the nature and location of any danger that may
    18  have been discovered in any room or entry or other place in the
    19  mine, and if any danger has been discovered, the mine examiners
    20  shall immediately report the location thereof to the mine
    21  foreman. No individual shall enter the mine until the mine
    22  examiners return to the mine office on the surface, or to a
    23  station located in the intake entry of the mine, where a record
    24  book as provided for in this section shall be kept in a
    25  fireproof vault and signed by the individual making the
    26  examination, and report to the mine foreman or the assistant
    27  mine foreman, by telephone or otherwise, and a written report
    28  made thereof by the individual receiving the report, that the
    29  mine is in safe condition for individuals to enter. When a
    30  station is located in any mine, it shall be the duty of the mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 59 -     

     1  examiners to sign the report entered in the record book in the
     2  mine office on the surface. The record books of the mine
     3  examiners shall at all times during working hours be accessible
     4  to the department and any individual working in the mine.
     5     (c)  Second examination.--A second examination by the same or
     6  other mine examiner shall be made during working hours of every
     7  working place where men are employed, and a report of the
     8  examination shall be made in the mine examiner report book in
     9  the same manner as the first examination. No individual on a
    10  noncoal-producing shift, other than a certified individual
    11  designated under this section, shall enter any underground area
    12  in a mine, unless the area, which shall include all places on
    13  that particular split of air, has been examined as prescribed in
    14  this section within three hours immediately preceding his
    15  entrance into the area.
    16  Section 219.  Management of mine.
    17     The right to hire and discharge employees, management of the
    18  mine and the direction of the working forces are vested
    19  exclusively in the operator. No individual, association,
    20  organization or corporation shall interfere with or attempt to
    21  interfere with, abridge or attempt to abridge, in any manner
    22  whatsoever, these rights, provided that these rights do not
    23  invalidate any existing or future contract.
    24  Section 220.  Duties of superintendent.
    25     (a)  General rule.--It shall be the duty of every
    26  superintendent, on behalf and at the expense of the operator, to
    27  keep on hand at each mine at all times a sufficient quantity of
    28  all materials and supplies required to preserve the health and
    29  safety of the employees, as ordered by the mine foreman and
    30  required by this act. If, for any reason, the superintendent
    20080S0949B1744                 - 60 -     

     1  cannot procure the necessary materials or supplies, he shall
     2  immediately notify the mine foreman, whose duty it shall be to
     3  withdraw all individuals from the mine, or portion of the mine,
     4  until the materials or supplies are received.
     5     (b)  Examination.--The superintendent shall, at least once
     6  every week, read, examine and countersign all reports entered in
     7  the mine record book. If the superintendent determines that the
     8  law is being violated, the superintendent shall order the mine
     9  foreman to stop the violation and ensure compliance with that
    10  order.
    11  Section 221.  Qualifications and general responsibility of
    12                 superintendent.
    13     The following shall apply:
    14         (1)  Beginning one year after the effective date of this
    15     paragraph, no individual may be appointed as a superintendent
    16     at any mine in this Commonwealth unless the individual holds
    17     a current, valid mine foreman certificate. In the event that
    18     a superintendent is found by the department to be in breach
    19     of his or her responsibilities as superintendent, the
    20     department may suspend or revoke the superintendent's mine
    21     foreman certificate.
    22         (2)  No individual may serve as the superintendent for
    23     more than one mine.
    24         (3)  The superintendent shall not obstruct the mine
    25     foreman or other official in the fulfillment of his duties as
    26     required by this act. The superintendent shall ensure that
    27     the mine foreman and all other employees of the mine comply
    28     with the law. The superintendent shall immediately respond to
    29     a violation of this act upon notification by the department.
    30     The superintendent shall be responsible for all the outside
    20080S0949B1744                 - 61 -     

     1     workings and all individuals employed at the mine. At a mine
     2     where a superintendent is not employed, the mine foreman
     3     shall have all the duties and responsibilities otherwise
     4     given to the superintendent in addition to the regular duties
     5     of the mine foreman.
     6  Section 222.  Danger signals SIGNS.                               <--
     7     The superintendent of every mine shall provide a sufficient
     8  number of danger signals, upon request of the mine foreman,       <--
     9  SIGNS which the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman shall  <--
    10  distribute in the mine at places convenient for the use of the
    11  mine examiners and other officials in the fulfillment of their
    12  duties. Danger signals SIGNS in all mines shall be uniform and    <--
    13  of a design approved by the department. All danger signals SIGNS  <--
    14  shall be kept in good condition and no defective signal SIGN      <--
    15  shall be used in any mine.
    16  Section 223.  Supply of record books.
    17     The superintendent shall keep on hand at the mine a supply of
    18  the record books required by this act and shall ensure that
    19  record books are delivered to the proper individuals at the mine
    20  and that they are properly cared for.
    21  Section 224.  Mapping requirements and surveying standards.
    22     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of each
    23  mine shall cause to be made by a registered mining engineer or
    24  registered professional surveyor an accurate, professional
    25  quality map of the mine, on a scale of not less than 200 feet to
    26  the inch. At a minimum, the map shall show:
    27         (1)  A complete legend identifying all features
    28     represented on the map and a title block including all
    29     changes of mine ownership and the dates of those changes.
    30         (2)  An accurate delineation of the current extent of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 62 -     

     1     workings of the mine and all mines or coal lands, or both,
     2     inside the permit boundary and all mines or coal lands, or
     3     both, within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit
     4     boundary. The delineation must show all workings of all mines
     5     above and below the mine within the permit boundary and
     6     within 1,000 feet of the outside of the permit boundary.
     7         (3)  Barrier pillars for all mine workings inside the
     8     permit boundary and all mine workings adjacent to the permit
     9     boundary.
    10         (4)  Two permanent baseline points coordinated with the
    11     underground and surface traverse points, and two permanent
    12     elevation benchmarks referencing mine elevation surveys. The
    13     baseline points and elevation benchmarks shall be prepared
    14     using the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate System (NAD83
    15     Datum). In the alternative, the map shall include coordinate
    16     transformation equations converting the baseline points shown
    17     to correlate to the Pennsylvania State Plan Coordinate
    18     System.
    19         (5)  All openings, excavations, shafts, slopes, drifts,
    20     tunnels, entries, crosscuts, rooms, boreholes and all other
    21     excavations, including surface pits and auger holes in each
    22     seam.
    23         (6)  Areas where the pillars or longwall panels have been
    24     removed.
    25         (7)  The name or number of each butt, room and section,
    26     if available.
    27         (8)  Ventilation controls, air splits and the direction
    28     of air currents using arrows.
    29         (9)  USGS elevation at the top and bottom of each shaft,
    30     slope, drift and borehole.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 63 -     

     1         (10)  Bottom of coal elevations, taken at intervals not
     2     to exceed 300 feet apart, in one entry of each section and in
     3     one entry of each set of rooms off such sections.
     4         (11)  Bottom of coal elevations taken in the last open
     5     crosscut of all sections and each set of rooms off such
     6     section before they are abandoned.
     7         (12)  Elevation contour lines at whole number ten-foot
     8     increments, unless the seam is steeply pitching, after which
     9     it may be 25-foot intervals.
    10         (13)  The number or designation of each survey station
    11     and the date of the last survey in the entries, as they are
    12     represented on the map.
    13         (14)  The location and elevation of any body of water
    14     dammed or held back in any portion of the mine, giving the
    15     volume in gallons of the body of water.
    16         (15)  The location of streams, rivers, lakes, dams or any
    17     other bodies of water on the surface, with their surface
    18     elevations accurately and plainly marked.
    19         (16)  The location of permanent surface features such as
    20     railroad tracks, public highways, permanent buildings and oil
    21     and gas wells.
    22         (17)  All seals and bulkheads within the mine.
    23     (b)  Accuracy standards.--The following accuracy standards
    24  must be met:
    25         (1)  A minimum elevation closure of plus or minus one
    26     foot per 5,000 feet is required.
    27         (2)  Mine traverse, advanced by closed loop method of
    28     survey or other equally accurate method of traversing.
    29     Minimum angular and coordinate ties for raw data would be an
    30     angular tie of less than one minute and a coordinate time of
    20080S0949B1744                 - 64 -     

     1     greater than 1 to 10,000 for any given closed loop survey.
     2     (c)  Surveying standards.--The extent of surveying shown on
     3  the map shall be acceptable where the following minimum
     4  underground surveying standards are met:
     5         (1)  Every entry must be surveyed at intervals not to
     6     exceed 300 lineal feet. Survey station spads shall be
     7     established in each entry of all mains, sections, butts,
     8     rooms and other excavations. Survey lines may extend from
     9     adjacent entries as long as the interval between survey
    10     station spads within an entry does not exceed 300 lineal
    11     feet. Continuous survey lines must be maintained in at least
    12     one entry.
    13         (2)  Lateral take-ups, left and right, must be taken in
    14     every entry at all intersections and must denote the location
    15     of all intersections and define the corners and the location
    16     of the rib line within each entry. For any excavation greater
    17     than 20% from the planned excavation, additional lateral
    18     take-ups must be taken to define this area. All of the
    19     information must be accurately portrayed on the mine map.
    20         (3)  All workings not surveyed and taken from a working
    21     map or other unofficial record shall be shown on the map with
    22     dashed lines. The legend shall identify that these areas have
    23     not been surveyed.
    24         (4)  A survey station spad is required to be within 300
    25     feet of the deepest penetration of the final faces of each
    26     mining section, butt or room. The number or designation of
    27     the last survey station spad and the date of such survey of
    28     the entries are to be shown on the mine map. The area from
    29     this spad to the face will be considered surveyed provided
    30     that lateral and face take-ups have been completed and
    20080S0949B1744                 - 65 -     

     1     recorded in the field book and shown on the mine map. Field
     2     books shall be available for inspection. If lateral and face
     3     take-ups are not completed, the area inby the last survey
     4     station spad must be identified on the map with dashed lines.
     5     The survey station spads located in each mining section, butt
     6     or room shall be tied to a check survey station.
     7         (5)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
     8     300 feet of the deepest penetration of all mains, submains,
     9     sections and butts. Check survey stations shall be advanced
    10     to within 600 feet of the deepest penetration of all rooms.
    11         (6)  Check survey stations shall be advanced to within
    12     100 feet of the deepest penetration of all mining sections,
    13     butts, rooms and excavations adjacent to the permit or
    14     property boundary lines.
    15     (d)  Verification.--Prior to each area's being sealed, the
    16  operator or superintendent shall verify in writing that the map
    17  of the sealed area meets the requirements of this act. To the
    18  extent that any areas in the mine cannot be surveyed, these
    19  areas shall be indicated on the map.
    20  Section 225.  Availability of copy of map.
    21     A true copy of the map made pursuant to section 224 shall be
    22  kept in the mine office for the use of the mine officials and
    23  department, and for the inspection, in the presence of the
    24  superintendent or mine foreman, of any individual working in the
    25  mine, or of authorized representatives of the employees of the
    26  mine, whenever the individual or representative fears that any
    27  working place is becoming dangerous by reason of its proximity
    28  to other workings that may contain dangerous accumulations of
    29  water or noxious gases.
    30  Section 226.  Excavations on map.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 66 -     

     1     At least once every six months, the operator or
     2  superintendent of every mine shall cause to be shown accurately
     3  on the original map of the mine, and on the copy of the map in
     4  the mine office, all the excavations made during the time that
     5  elapsed since the excavations were last shown.
     6  Section 227.  Furnishing copies of maps.
     7     A copy of the mine map shall be furnished every six months to
     8  the department. When more than one seam of coal is being worked
     9  in any mine, the department shall be provided with a separate
    10  copy of the original map of the complete workings of each seam
    11  as provided for under this act. The copies shall remain in the
    12  care of the department. When one mine is working a seam of coal
    13  under another mine that is working an overlying seam and the two
    14  mines are operated by different operators, the operators shall
    15  exchange with each other copies of their respective mine maps,
    16  showing such portions of their respective mines as may be
    17  directly above or below the other mine.
    18  Section 228.  Duties upon abandonment of mine.
    19     (a)  General rule.--If a mine is inactive for a period of 60
    20  days or more or if the operator intends to cease ventilation of
    21  the mine, the operator or the superintendent shall notify the
    22  department at once and shall, within 60 days, extend the
    23  official map to show clearly all worked-out or abandoned
    24  territory with all excavations, property and boundary lines,
    25  elevations and map features as required under this act or, if
    26  the workings are not accessible, provide a copy of the most
    27  recent map available that is clearly marked to state that the
    28  workings shown were not surveyed. The owner or operator of the
    29  mine shall also, within 45 days after its change in status, send
    30  to the department a tracing, print or digital map in a format
    20080S0949B1744                 - 67 -     

     1  acceptable to the department of the complete original map. The
     2  registered mining engineer or registered surveyor shall certify
     3  that the tracing, print or digital map is a true and correct
     4  copy of the original map of the mine and that the original map
     5  is a true, complete and correct map and survey of all the
     6  excavations made in the inactive or abandoned mine. A dated
     7  statement signed by a company or corporate officer stating that
     8  the map represents a complete and accurate representation of all
     9  underground excavations and is the final map of the mine, or
    10  stating that the map provided is not a surveyed final map due to
    11  inaccessibility of the workings, shall be included.
    12     (b)  Violation.--If the operator, superintendent or company
    13  or corporate officer fails to provide the certified final map or
    14  recklessly or intentionally submits an inaccurate certified map,
    15  the violation shall be a felony subject to prosecution under
    16  section 505. Costs incurred by the Commonwealth as a result of a
    17  violation of this subsection may be recovered as restitution.
    18  Section 229.  Survey by department.
    19     If the department has reasonable cause to believe that a map
    20  of any mine furnished under the provisions of this act is
    21  inaccurate or imperfect, the department may require the operator
    22  to make a survey and a new map of the mine.
    23  Section 230.  Ventilation requirements.
    24     (a)  General rule.--The operator or superintendent of a mine
    25  shall provide and maintain ample means of ventilation to furnish
    26  a constant and adequate supply of pure air for the employees.
    27  The quantity and velocity of the current of air shall be
    28  sufficient to dilute so as to render harmless and carry away
    29  flammable or harmful gases.
    30     (b)  Specification.--The quantity of air reaching the last
    20080S0949B1744                 - 68 -     

     1  open crosscut in any pair or set of entries shall not be less
     2  than 9,000 cubic feet per minute. All active underground work
     3  areas in a mine shall be ventilated by a current of air
     4  containing not less than 19.5% oxygen and not more than .5%
     5  carbon dioxide and no harmful quantities of other noxious or
     6  poisonous gases.
     7     (c)  Ventilating belt entries.--A belt conveyor entry shall
     8  be isolated from the adjacent entries.
     9         (1)  The following requirements apply:
    10             (i)  The quantity of air traveling in the belt
    11         conveyor shall be kept to the minimum quantity necessary
    12         for effective ventilation by means of permanent stoppings
    13         and regulators.
    14             (ii)  The belt conveyor entry shall be provided with
    15         a separate split of intake air.
    16             (iii)  The belt conveyor entry shall provide an
    17         intake escapeway to the main air current.
    18         (2)  If an operator proposes to use entries in common
    19     with the belt conveyor entry, the operator must submit a plan
    20     to and obtain approval by the department that addresses the
    21     following criteria:
    22             (i)  The belt conveyor is cleaned and maintained to
    23         minimize float dust in the common entries.
    24             (ii)  Stoppings and regulators are arranged to reduce
    25         the quantity of air traveling in the belt and common
    26         entries to a minimum for effective ventilation of the
    27         belt and common entries and to provide an intake air
    28         split as an escapeway to the main air current.
    29             (iii)  Fire protection is installed and maintained on
    30         all belt conveyors in compliance with appropriate
    20080S0949B1744                 - 69 -     

     1         standards.
     2             (iv)  There is an early warning fire detection system
     3         and carbon monoxide (CO) or smoke sensors that meet the
     4         requirements of 30 CFR § 75.351 (relating to atmospheric
     5         monitoring systems). The spacing of the CO/smoke sensors
     6         shall not exceed 1,000 feet. The belt air velocity shall
     7         be a minimum of 50 fpm or CO/smoke sensor spacing shall
     8         be reduced to provide an adequate alarm time not to
     9         exceed 20 minutes. The CO/smoke sensors shall be set to
    10         alarm at the lowest practicable setting and be positioned
    11         in the ventilation current to provide the most effective
    12         detection.
    13             (v)  The number of common entries may not exceed
    14         three entries, including the belt entry.
    15             (vi)  Development for common entries is designed to
    16         be at a lower ventilation pressure than the main intake
    17         escapeway.
    18             (vii)  If a condition develops that causes the belt
    19         and common entries to be at a higher ventilation pressure
    20         than the main intake escapeway, efforts are undertaken to
    21         immediately correct the condition. If the condition
    22         cannot practicably be corrected, the mine operator must
    23         notify the department of the condition, the specific
    24         cause, the area affected and the steps that will be taken
    25         to maintain the pressure in the belt and common entries
    26         at the lowest attainable level.
    27             (viii)  When the belt ventilation current travels
    28         away from the working section, no ignition sources,
    29         except equipment necessary to maintain the escapeway and
    30         personnel carriers, shall be permitted in the intake
    20080S0949B1744                 - 70 -     

     1         escapeway unless CO/smoke sensors that meet Federal fire
     2         detection standards are installed in the intake
     3         escapeway. Equipment operated in the intake escapeway
     4         shall be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
     5         system, or comply with 30 CFR § 75.380(f)(4) (relating to
     6         escapeways; bituminous and lignite mines). CO detectors
     7         shall give an audible alarm over the mine communication
     8         system. The alarm shall indicate the conveyor belt flight
     9         where the alarm occurred. Both visual and audible alarm
    10         signals must automatically be provided at all affected
    11         working sections and affected areas where mechanized
    12         mining equipment is being installed or removed and on the
    13         surface at a monitored location. Two-way underground
    14         communications shall be maintained between the monitored
    15         surface location and all underground working sections and
    16         areas where mechanized mining equipment is being
    17         installed or removed.
    18             (ix)  A copy of the mine's federally approved
    19         firefighting and evacuation plan is included with the
    20         plan.
    21     (d)  Actions to detect and respond to excess methane.--The
    22  following actions are required to detect and respond to excess
    23  methane:
    24         (1)  Location of tests. Tests for methane concentrations
    25     under this section shall be made at least 12 inches from the
    26     roof, face, ribs and floor.
    27         (2)  Working places and intake air courses.
    28             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a working
    29         place or an intake air course, including an air course in
    30         which a belt conveyor is located or in an area where
    20080S0949B1744                 - 71 -     

     1         mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
     2         removed:
     3                 (A)  Except intrinsically safe atmospheric
     4             monitoring systems (AMS), electrically powered
     5             equipment in the affected area shall be deenergized
     6             and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
     7                 (B)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
     8             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
     9             concentration of methane to less than 1%.
    10                 (C)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    11             affected area until the methane concentration is less
    12             than 1%.
    13             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
    14         working place or an intake air course, including an air
    15         course in which a belt conveyor is located or in an area
    16         where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or
    17         removed:
    18                 (A)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
    19             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or
    20             individuals authorized by the mine foreman or
    21             assistant mine foreman, all individuals shall be
    22             withdrawn from the affected area.
    23                 (B)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS,
    24             electrically powered equipment in the affected area
    25             shall be disconnected at the power source.
    26         (3)  Return air split.
    27             (i)  When 1% or more methane is present in a return
    28         air split between the last working place on a working
    29         section and where that split of air meets another split
    30         of air or the location at which the split is used to
    20080S0949B1744                 - 72 -     

     1         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, changes or
     2         adjustments shall be made immediately to the ventilation
     3         system to reduce the concentration of methane in the
     4         return air to less than 1%.
     5             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
     6         return air split between the last working place on a
     7         working section and where that split of air meets another
     8         split of air or the location where the split is used to
     9         ventilate seals or worked-out areas, except for Federal
    10         or State mine inspectors, the mine foreman or assistant
    11         mine foreman or individuals authorized by the mine
    12         foreman or assistant mine foreman, all individuals shall
    13         be withdrawn from the affected area.
    14             (iii)  Other than intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
    15         in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric power
    16         shall be disconnected at the power source and other
    17         mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    18             (iv)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    19         affected area until the methane concentration in the
    20         return air is less than 1%.
    21         (4)  Return air split alternative.
    22             (i)  The provisions of this paragraph may apply if:
    23                 (A)  The quantity of air in the split ventilating
    24             the active workings is at least 27,000 cubic feet per
    25             minute in the last open crosscut or the quantity
    26             specified in the approved ventilation plan, whichever
    27             is greater.
    28                 (B)  The methane content of the air in the split
    29             is continuously monitored during mining operations by
    30             an AMS that gives a visual and audible signal on the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 73 -     

     1             working section when the methane in the return air
     2             reaches 1.5% and the methane content is monitored as
     3             specified in the approved ventilation plan.
     4                 (C)  Rock dust is continuously applied with a
     5             mechanical duster to the return air course during
     6             coal production at a location in the air course
     7             immediately outby the most inby monitoring point.
     8             (ii)  When 1.5% or more methane is present in a
     9         return air split between a point in the return opposite
    10         the section loading point and where that split of air
    11         meets another split of air or where the split of air is
    12         used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas:
    13                 (A)  Changes or adjustments shall be made
    14             immediately to the ventilation system to reduce the
    15             concentration of methane in the return air less than
    16             1.5%.
    17                 (B)  Except for Federal or State mine inspectors,
    18             the mine foreman or assistant mine foreman or
    19             individuals authorized by the mine foreman or
    20             assistant mine foreman, all individuals shall be
    21             withdrawn from the affected area.
    22                 (C)  Except for intrinsically safe AMS, equipment
    23             in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric
    24             power shall be disconnected at the power source and
    25             other mechanized equipment shall be shut off.
    26                 (D)  No other work shall be permitted in the
    27             affected area until the methane concentration in the
    28             return air is less than 1.5%.
    29     (e)  Changes and adjustments in ventilation.--
    30         (1)  If either the concentration of methane in a bleeder
    20080S0949B1744                 - 74 -     

     1     split of air immediately before the air in the split joins
     2     another split of air, or in a return air course other than as
     3     described in subsection (d)(3) and (4), contains methane gas
     4     in an amount of 2% or greater as detected by an approved gas
     5     detection device, changes or adjustments shall be made
     6     immediately in the ventilation in the mine so that returning
     7     air contains less than 2% of methane gas.
     8         (2)  When 2% of methane is exceeded beyond the mixing
     9     point with another split in the main return, the operator
    10     shall submit a written plan to abate the problem to the
    11     department for approval.
    12     (f)  Submittal of detailed ventilation plan to department.--
    13         (1)  A mine operator shall submit a detailed ventilation
    14     plan and any addendums to the department for review and
    15     comment. The mine operator shall review the plan with the
    16     department and address concerns to the extent practicable.
    17     The department shall submit any concern that is not addressed
    18     to MSHA through comments to the plan. The mine operator shall
    19     provide a copy of the plan to the department and the
    20     representative of the miners, if applicable, ten days prior
    21     to the submittal of the plan to MSHA.
    22         (2)  The operator shall give the department a copy of the
    23     MSHA-approved plan and any addendums as soon as the operator
    24     receives the approval.
    25         (3)  In the event of an unforeseen situation requiring
    26     immediate action on a plan revision, the operator shall
    27     submit the proposed revision to the department and the
    28     representative of the miners when the proposed revision is
    29     submitted to MSHA. The department shall work with the
    30     operator to review and comment on the proposed plan revision
    20080S0949B1744                 - 75 -     

     1     to MSHA as quickly as possible.
     2         (4)  Upon approval by MSHA, the plan is enforceable by
     3     the department.
     4  Section 231.  Crosscuts and stoppings.
     5     (a)  Maximum distance.--
     6         (1)  The distance driven to establish ventilation
     7     connections between entries or rooms shall not exceed 200
     8     linear feet. Where adequate ventilation is provided, the
     9     entry or room may be driven in conjunction with the new air
    10     connection, provided that the distance to either face does
    11     not exceed 200 linear feet when the new air connection is
    12     established.
    13         (2)  In no case shall any place be driven a total of more
    14     than 200 linear feet unless ventilation connections have been
    15     established, except as provided under this act.
    16         (3)  Where adequate ventilation can be provided, the
    17     department may give written permission to authorize a greater
    18     distance.
    19     (b)  Closure of crosscuts.--Crosscuts between intakes and
    20  return air courses shall be closed, except the one nearest the
    21  face. Crosscuts between rooms shall be closed, where necessary
    22  or when required by the department, to provide adequate
    23  ventilation at the working face.
    24     (c)  Air connections.--Where practicable, an air connection
    25  shall be provided at or near the face of each entry or room
    26  before the place is abandoned.
    27     (d)  Excavations.--Excavations shall not exceed 18 feet in
    28  depth, unless permission is obtained from the department to
    29  drive a greater distance beyond the last open crosscut, if such
    30  excavations are kept free of accumulations of methane by use of
    20080S0949B1744                 - 76 -     

     1  line brattice or other adequate means.
     2     (e)  Construction materials of stoppings.--A permanent
     3  stopping shall be built of solid, substantial, incombustible
     4  material, including, but not limited to, concrete, concrete
     5  blocks, bricks, steel or tile, provided that, where physical
     6  conditions exist because of caving that makes the use of
     7  concrete, concrete blocks, brick, steel or tile impracticable,
     8  timber laid longitudinally skin-to-skin or an approved
     9  substitute may be used. A temporary stopping may be erected in
    10  cut-throughs near the working face. A stopping shall be
    11  reasonably airtight.
    12     (f)  Building and maintenance.--A permanent stopping or other
    13  permanent ventilation control device shall be built and
    14  maintained as follows:
    15         (1)  Between intake and return air courses, except
    16     temporary controls may be used in rooms that are 600 feet or
    17     less from the centerline of the entry from which the room was
    18     developed, including where continuous face haulage systems
    19     are used in the rooms. Unless otherwise approved in the
    20     ventilation plan, the stopping or control shall be maintained
    21     to and including the third connecting crosscut outby the
    22     working face.
    23         (2)  To separate belt conveyor haulageways from intake
    24     air courses when the air in the intake air courses is used to
    25     provide air to active working places, temporary ventilation
    26     controls may be used in rooms that are 600 feet or less from
    27     the centerline of the entry from which the rooms were
    28     developed, including where continuous face haulage systems
    29     are used in the rooms. When continuous face haulage systems
    30     are used, a permanent stopping or other device shall be built
    20080S0949B1744                 - 77 -     

     1     and maintained to the outby most point of travel of the dolly
     2     or 600 feet from the point of deepest penetration in the
     3     conveyor belt entry, whichever distance is closer to the
     4     point of deepest penetration, to separate the continuous
     5     haulage entry from the intake entries.
     6  Section 232.  Overcasts and undercasts.
     7     (a)  Arrangement of ventilation.--Ventilation shall be so
     8  arranged by means of air locks, overcasts or undercasts that the
     9  passage of trips or individuals along the entries will not cause
    10  interruptions of the air current. In face areas where it is
    11  impracticable to install air locks, single doors may be used
    12  with the permission of the department. An air lock shall be
    13  ventilated sufficiently to prevent accumulations of methane in
    14  it.
    15     (b)  Doors.--
    16         (1)  A door controlling ventilation shall be kept closed,
    17     except when men or equipment are passing through the doorway.
    18     Motor crews and other individuals who open a door shall see
    19     that the door is closed before leaving it.
    20         (2)  It shall be unlawful for an individual to knowingly
    21     leave a door or a check-curtain open.
    22     (c)  Hanging of doors.--A door controlling ventilation shall
    23  be hung in such a manner as to be self-closing.
    24     (d)  Construction materials.--Overcasts and undercasts shall
    25  be constructed tightly of incombustible material, such as
    26  masonry, concrete, concrete blocks or fire-resistant
    27  prefabricated material of sufficient strength to withstand
    28  possible falls from the roof. Overcasts and undercasts shall be
    29  of ample area to pass the required quantity of air and shall be
    30  kept clear of obstructions.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 78 -     

     1  Section 233.  Line brattice.
     2     (a)  General rule.--Substantially constructed line brattice
     3  shall be used from the last open crosscut of an entry or room
     4  when necessary or required by the department to provide adequate
     5  ventilation for the workmen and to remove gases and explosive
     6  fumes. When damaged by falls or otherwise, line brattice shall
     7  be repaired promptly.
     8     (b)  Spacing.--The space between the line brattice and the
     9  rib shall be large enough to permit the flow of a sufficient
    10  volume of air to keep the working face clear of flammable and
    11  noxious gases.
    12     (c)  Construction material.--Brattice cloth used underground
    13  shall be constructed of approved flame-resistant material.
    14  Section 234.  Auxiliary blowers and fans.
    15     (a)  Procedure.--
    16         (1)  The operator of a mine who desires to use in the
    17     mine an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall submit to the
    18     department a ventilation plan showing the proposed use of the
    19     auxiliary blower or exhaust fan.
    20         (2)  The department shall review the plan and take one of
    21     the following actions:
    22             (i)  Approve the plan.
    23             (ii)  Request additional information.
    24             (iii)  Disapprove the plan and set forth in writing
    25         its reasons for the disapproval.
    26         (3)  In approving a plan, the department shall require
    27     that an auxiliary blower or exhaust fan shall be:
    28             (i)  Powered by an approved motor when installed
    29         underground.
    30             (ii)  Operated continuously while any work is being
    20080S0949B1744                 - 79 -     

     1         performed in the area being ventilated by the blower or
     2         fan.
     3             (iii)  Be so placed that recirculation of the air is
     4         not possible.
     5     (b)  Time period for review.--The department shall approve or
     6  disapprove a plan within 60 days after being initially submitted
     7  by the operator.
     8  Section 235.  Unused and abandoned parts of mines.
     9     An area that is not sealed shall be ventilated. Return air
    10  may be used to ventilate the area. The department shall approve
    11  a ventilation plan for an abandoned, unused or sealed part of a
    12  mine.
    13  Section 236.  Sewage dumping prohibited.
    14     If any individual shall construct or cause to be constructed
    15  for use after the effective date of this section a sewer or
    16  other method of drainage from a building or dwelling house for
    17  the carrying of sewage, offal, refuse or other offensive matter
    18  into any portion of an operating or abandoned mine, the
    19  individual commits a misdemeanor of the third degree.
    20  Section 237.  Fans.
    21     (a)  General rule.--The ventilation of a mine that extends
    22  more than 200 feet underground and is opened after the effective
    23  date of this section shall be produced by a mechanically
    24  operated fan or fans. The fan or fans shall be kept in
    25  continuous operation unless written permission to do otherwise
    26  is granted by the department.
    27     (b)  Location.--Except as otherwise provided under subsection
    28  (c), a main fan shall be:
    29         (1)  Located on the surface in fireproof housing offset
    30     not less than 15 feet from the nearest side of the mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 80 -     

     1     opening.
     2         (2)  Equipped with fireproof air ducts provided with
     3     explosion doors or a weakwall.
     4         (3)  Operated from a separate power circuit.
     5     (c)  Exception.--In lieu of the requirements for the location
     6  of fans and pressure-relief facilities, a fan may be directly in
     7  front of or over a mine opening if:
     8         (1)  The opening is not in direct line with possible
     9     forces coming out of the mine if an explosion occurs.
    10         (2)  There is another opening having a weakwall stopping
    11     or explosion doors that would be in direct line with forces
    12     coming out of the mine.
    13  All main fans shall be provided with pressure-recording gauges
    14  or water gauges.
    15     (d)  Recordkeeping and inspections.--
    16         (1)  A record of the charts shall be kept for one year.
    17         (2)  A daily inspection shall be made of all main fans
    18     and connected machinery by a competent individual and a
    19     record kept of the inspection in a book prescribed for that
    20     purpose.
    21     (e)  Warning of fan interruption.--Approved facilities shall
    22  be provided at a point or points under observation while men are
    23  in the mine and shall give warning of an interruption to a fan.
    24  Where such facilities are not provided, an attendant shall be
    25  constantly kept on duty while individuals are working in the
    26  mine.
    27  Section 238.  Measurement of methane.
    28     The mine foreman or superintendent shall once each week
    29  direct and see that the methane content of the ventilating
    30  current or currents is determined by analyses or by an
    20080S0949B1744                 - 81 -     

     1  instrument capable of accuracy to .1%. The samples or the
     2  determinations shall be taken on the return end of the air
     3  circuit or circuits just beyond the last working place, unless
     4  otherwise directed by the department, and a correct report of
     5  these determinations shall be promptly furnished to the
     6  department. The determinations or samples shall be taken on days
     7  when individuals are working and recorded in a book provided for
     8  that purpose.
     9  Section 239.  Control of coal dust and rock dusting.
    10     (a)  Method of removal.--
    11         (1)  Dangerous accumulations of fine, dry coal dust shall
    12     be removed from a mine or neutralized by the application of
    13     rock dust, and all dry and dusty operating sections and
    14     haulageways and the back entries for at least 1,000 feet
    15     outby the first active working place in each operating
    16     section shall be kept watered down, rock dusted or dust
    17     allayed by such other methods as may be approved by the
    18     department.
    19         (2)  A mine or location in a mine that is too wet or too
    20     high in incombustible content to initiate or propagate a coal
    21     dust ignition need not be rock dusted during the time any of
    22     those conditions prevail.
    23         (3)  Coal dust and other dust in suspension in unusual
    24     quantities shall be allayed by sprinkling or other dust
    25     allaying or collecting devices.
    26     (b)  Specifications.--
    27         (1)  In a dry and dusty mine or section thereof, rock
    28     dust shall be applied and maintained upon the roof, floor and
    29     sides of all operating sections, haulageways and parallel
    30     entries connected thereto by open crosscuts. Back entries
    20080S0949B1744                 - 82 -     

     1     shall be rock dusted for at least 1,000 feet out by the
     2     junction with the first active working place.
     3         (2)  Rock dust shall be so applied to include the last
     4     open crosscut of rooms and entries and to within 40 feet of
     5     the faces. In mines where mining is done by continuous-type
     6     mining machinery, the distances from the face to which rock
     7     dust shall be applied shall be the mining distance for one
     8     shift if:
     9             (i)  The active working place shall be kept from damp
    10         to wet.
    11             (ii)  After coal production on any shifts has ceased,
    12         an application of rock dust shall be made in the exposed
    13         area to within 40 feet of the face before additional
    14         mining is performed in the area.
    15         (3)  Rock dust shall be maintained in such quantity that
    16     the incombustible content of the mine dust shall not be less
    17     than 65%.
    18     (c)  Composition of rock dust.--Rock dust shall not contain
    19  more than 5% by volume of quartz or free silica particles and
    20  shall be pulverized so that 100% will pass through a 20-mesh
    21  screen and 70% or more will pass through a 200-mesh screen.
    22  Section 240.  Instruction of employees and examination of
    23                 working areas.
    24     (a)  General rule.--The mine foreman or assistant mine
    25  foreman shall ascertain that all workmen are trained in the
    26  proper methods of testing roof, face and ribs. The mine foreman
    27  shall designate the tool or tools to be used for testing.
    28  Employees whose work exposes them to hazards or falls of roof
    29  and coal shall thoroughly test the roof, face and ribs before
    30  starting to work or before starting a machine, and frequently
    20080S0949B1744                 - 83 -     

     1  thereafter.
     2     (b)  Examination for date marks.--A miner shall examine his
     3  place to determine whether the mine examiner has left the date
     4  marks indicating his examination thereof. If date marks cannot
     5  be found, the miner shall notify the mine foreman or assistant
     6  mine foreman of that fact.
     7     (c)  Correction of unsafe roof, face or rib conditions.--
     8         (1)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
     9     unsafe, they shall be corrected by taking down loose material
    10     or shall be securely supported before work is started.
    11         (2)  If roof, face or rib conditions are found to be
    12     unsafe and normal taking down or supporting practices cannot
    13     correct the unsafe condition, the place shall be vacated and
    14     guarded or a danger sign erected to prevent unauthorized
    15     entrance and the certified mine official in charge promptly
    16     shall be notified. Only individuals capable of correcting the
    17     dangerous condition may be delegated to do such work.
    18         (3)  The certified mine official in charge shall examine
    19     for unsafe conditions and the roof, faces, ribs and timbers
    20     or supports of all working places each time they visit a
    21     place. Unsafe conditions found shall be corrected promptly.
    22     All employees shall notify the mine foreman or assistant mine
    23     foreman of an unsafe condition in the mine when the condition
    24     is known to them.
    25  Section 241.  Roof support.
    26     (a)  General rule.--The roof in an underground area shall be
    27  supported as necessary for the protection of the employees and
    28  equipment. A roof control plan suitable to the roof conditions
    29  of each mine or part of a mine shall be adopted and complied
    30  with by the operator. The department shall be notified of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 84 -     

     1  adoption of the plan of roof support, shall review the plan and:
     2         (1)  approve it;
     3         (2)  request additional information; or
     4         (3)  disapprove the plan and state in writing its reason
     5     for the disapproval.
     6     (b)  Roof support plans to be posted.--Workmen whose work
     7  involves roof support shall be informed of approved roof support
     8  plans and the plans shall be posted. Additional roof supports
     9  shall be used when and where necessary.
    10     (c)  Periodic revision and update of roof control plan.--
    11  Every mine operator shall revise and update the roof control
    12  plan every six months or more frequently if required to do so by
    13  the department. A copy of the plan shall be provided to the
    14  representative of the miners ten days prior to submitting it to
    15  the department for review and comment.
    16  Section 242.  Authorized explosives.
    17     Permissible explosives, approved breaking devices or approved
    18  blasting devices shall be used in underground mines.
    19  Section 243.  (Reserved).
    20  Section 244.  Underground storage of explosives.
    21     (a)  Placement.--Explosives and detonators stored underground
    22  shall be:
    23         (1)  Kept in section boxes or magazines of substantial
    24     construction with no metal exposed on the inside.
    25         (2)  Located at least 25 feet from roadways and power
    26     wires in a well-rock-dusted location protected from falls of
    27     roof.
    28     (b)  Separation.--If not kept in separate boxes or magazines
    29  not less than five feet apart, the explosives and detonators may
    30  be kept in the same box or magazine if separated by at least a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 85 -     

     1  four-inch hardwood partition or the equivalent. The boxes or
     2  magazines shall be kept at least 300 feet from the faces and out
     3  of the direct line of blasting and shall be installed outby the
     4  last permanent stopping and on intake air.
     5  Section 245.  Preparation of shots, blasting practices and
     6                 multiple shooting.
     7     (a)  Requirements.--
     8         (1)  Only certified shot-firers shall be permitted to
     9     handle explosives and conduct blasting.
    10         (2)  Only electric detonators of proper strength fired
    11     with approved shot-firing units shall be used, and drillholes
    12     shall be solidly stemmed with at least 24 inches of
    13     incombustible material or at least one-half of the length of
    14     the hole shall be solidly stemmed if the hole is less than
    15     four feet in depth unless other approved stemming devices or
    16     methods are used.
    17         (3)  Drillholes shall be of ample size and shall not be
    18     drilled beyond the limits of the cut, and, as far as
    19     practicable, cuttings and dust shall be cleaned from the
    20     holes before the charge is inserted. Charges of explosives
    21     exceeding one and one-half pounds shall be used only if
    22     drillholes are six feet or more in depth.
    23         (4)  Ample warning shall be given before shots are fired,
    24     and care shall be taken to determine that all individuals are
    25     in the clear before firing. Individuals shall be removed from
    26     adjoining areas and other areas when there is danger of shots
    27     blowing through.
    28         (5)  No shots shall be fired:
    29             (i)  In any area until the area has been properly
    30         examined by the shot-firer.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 86 -     

     1             (ii)  In any area where 1% of gas is detected by an
     2         approved gas detection device.
     3         (6)  After firing any shot, the shot-firer shall make a
     4     careful examination of the work area before leaving the area
     5     or before performing any other work in the area.
     6     (b)  Plan to be submitted to department.--An operator of a
     7  mine who desires to conduct multiple shooting shall submit to
     8  the department for approval a plan indicating the manner and
     9  details proposed to engage in multiple shooting.
    10     (c)  Prohibitions.--
    11         (1)  While boreholes are being charged, electrical
    12     equipment shall not be operated in the work area, and only
    13     work in connection with roof support and general safety shall
    14     be performed. Shots shall be fired promptly after charging.
    15         (2)  Mudcaps, adobes or any other unconfined shots shall
    16     not be permitted in any bituminous coal mine.
    17         (3)  No solid shooting shall be permitted without
    18     approval from the department. Where solid shooting is
    19     practiced, blasting holes shall be stemmed the full length of
    20     the hole.
    21     (e) (D)  Blasting and shooting cables.--                       <--
    22         (1)  Blasting cables shall be well-insulated and shall be
    23     at least 125 feet in length to permit individuals authorized
    24     to fire shots to get in a safe place out of the line of
    25     blasting.
    26         (2)  Shooting cables shall be kept away from power wires
    27     and all other sources of electric current, connected to the
    28     leg wires by the individual who fires the shot, staggered as
    29     to length or well-separated at the detonator leg wires and
    30     shunted at the battery end until ready to connect to the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 87 -     

     1     blasting unit.
     2         (3)  Detonator leg wires shall be kept shunted until
     3     ready to connect to the blasting cable.
     4  Section 246.  Transportation of explosives.
     5     (a)  Construction of containers.--
     6         (1)  Individual containers used to carry permissible
     7     explosives or detonators shall be constructed of substantial,
     8     nonconductive materials approved by the department, kept
     9     closed and maintained in good condition. When explosives or
    10     detonators are transported underground in cars moved by means
    11     of powered haulage equipment, they shall be in cars having a
    12     substantial covering or in special substantially built
    13     covered containers used specifically for transporting
    14     detonators or explosives.
    15         (2)  Explosives or detonators shall not be hauled into or
    16     out of the mine within five minutes preceding or following
    17     individuals being transported.
    18     (b)  Prohibitions.--
    19         (1)  Neither explosives nor detonators shall be
    20     transported on flight or shaking conveyors, mechanical
    21     loading machines, locomotives, scrapers, cutting machines,
    22     drill trucks or any self-propelled mobile equipment.
    23         (2)  No shot-firer shall carry into or have delivered to
    24     him any larger quantity of explosives or detonators than the
    25     shot-firer may reasonably expect to use in any one shift.
    26     (c)  Separation of explosives and detonators.--If explosives
    27  and detonators are transported in the same explosives car or in
    28  the same special container, they shall be separated by at least
    29  four inches of hardwood partition or the equivalent. The bodies
    30  of the cars or containers shall be constructed or lined with
    20080S0949B1744                 - 88 -     

     1  nonconductive material.
     2  Section 247.  Electrical shot-firing.
     3     Electricity from any grounded circuit shall not be used for
     4  firing shots.
     5  Section 248.  General shot-firing rules.
     6     (a)  Ignited gas.--When gas is ignited by a blast or a fire
     7  occurs, the shot-firer shall immediately extinguish it, if
     8  possible, and if unable to do so shall immediately notify the
     9  mine foreman of the fact and warn other individuals in the
    10  vicinity who might be endangered.
    11     (b)  Shot-firer to provide notice to others.--When a shot-
    12  firer is about to fire a blast, he shall notify all individuals
    13  who may be endangered and shall give sufficient alarm so that
    14  any individual approaching may be warned of the danger.
    15     (c)  Construction of charging and tamping tools.--All
    16  charging and tamping tools shall be constructed of nonsparking
    17  materials.
    18     (d)  Disconnection from electricity.--Immediately after the
    19  firing of a shot, the firing leads shall be disconnected from
    20  the supply or source of electricity and shunted.
    21     (e)  Preconditions to firing machine or battery.--No firing
    22  machine or battery shall be connected to the shot-firing leads
    23  unless:
    24         (1)  All other steps preparatory to the firing of a shot
    25     have been completed.
    26         (2)  All individuals have been moved to a place of
    27     safety.
    28         (3)  No individual other than the shot-firer has made the
    29     connection.
    30     (f)  Firing machine or battery in possession of shot-firer.--
    20080S0949B1744                 - 89 -     

     1  The shot-firer shall keep the firing machine or battery in his
     2  possession at all times while blasting.
     3     (g)  Testing of blasting devices.--Frequent tests shall be
     4  made of all blasting devices to see that their capacity has not
     5  been decreased by use or accident.
     6     (h)  Examinations for gas.--The shot-firer shall examine the
     7  place for gas and other dangers before and after firing each
     8  shot or blast.
     9  Section 249.  Hoisting equipment and operations.
    10     (a)  General duties of operator or superintendent.--
    11         (1)  The operator or superintendent of a bituminous coal
    12     mine worked by shaft shall provide and maintain:
    13             (i)  A telephone or other means of communication from
    14         the top to the bottom and intermediate landings of the
    15         shaft.
    16             (ii)  A standard means of signaling.
    17             (iii)  An effective safety catch, bridle chains,
    18         automatic stopping device and automatic overwind.
    19             (iv)  A sufficient cover on every cage used for
    20         lowering or hoisting individuals.
    21             (v)  An effective safety gate at the top of the cage
    22         shaft and intermediate landings controlled by the cage.
    23             (vi)  An adequate brake on the drum of every machine
    24         used to lower or hoist individuals in the shaft.
    25         (2)  The operator shall have the machinery used for
    26     lowering and hoisting individuals into or out of the mine
    27     kept in safe condition and equipped with a reliable
    28     indicator. Cages and elevators shall be inspected once in
    29     each 24 hours by a competent individual of the company or by
    30     a manufacturer's representative and a safety catch test made
    20080S0949B1744                 - 90 -     

     1     every two months, a record kept thereof and a copy sent to
     2     the department.
     3         (3)  (i)  Where a hoisting engineer is required, he shall
     4         be readily available at all times when individuals are in
     5         the mine. The hoisting engineer shall operate the empty
     6         cage up and down the shaft at least one round trip at the
     7         beginning of each shift, after material has been lowered
     8         or hoisted and after the hoist has been idle for one hour
     9         or more before hoisting or lowering individuals.
    10             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
    11         used exclusively for hoisting and lowering individuals.
    12         (4)  There shall be cut out around the side of the
    13     hoisting shaft, or driven through the solid strata at the
    14     bottom thereof, a travelingway not less than five feet high
    15     and three feet wide to enable an individual to pass the shaft
    16     in going from one side to the other without passing over or
    17     under the cage or other hoisting apparatus.
    18         (5)  Positive stop blocks or derails shall be placed near
    19     the top and bottom, at all intermediate landings of slopes
    20     and surface inclines and at approaches to all shaft landings.
    21         (6)  A waiting station with sufficient room, ample
    22     clearance from moving equipment and adequate seating
    23     facilities shall be provided where individuals are required
    24     to wait for man-trips or cages. The individuals shall remain
    25     in the station until the man-trip or cage is available.
    26         (7)  No hoisting engineer shall be required for
    27     automatically operated cages or elevators.
    28     (b)  Duties of mine foreman.--
    29         (1)  When hoisting or lowering of individuals occurs
    30     during darkness, at any mine operated by shaft, the mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 91 -     

     1     foreman shall provide and maintain, at the shaft mouth, a
     2     light of stationary character sufficient to show the landing
     3     and all surrounding objects distinctly and sufficient light
     4     of a stationary character shall be located at the bottom of
     5     the shaft so that individuals going to the bottom may clearly
     6     discern the cages, elevators and other objects contiguous
     7     thereto.
     8         (2)  The mine foreman shall see that:
     9             (i)  No cages or elevators on which individuals ride
    10         are lifted or lowered at a rate of speed greater than 900
    11         feet per minute.
    12             (ii)  No mine cars, either empty or loaded, are
    13         hoisted or lowered on cages while individuals are being
    14         lowered or hoisted.
    15             (iii)  No cage having an unstable self-dump platform
    16         shall be used for carrying individuals unless the cage is
    17         provided with some device by which it may be securely
    18         locked when individuals are being hoisted or lowered into
    19         the mine.
    20     (c)  Ropes, links and chains.--
    21         (1)  In shafts where coal is hoisted and individuals
    22     lowered into or hoisted from the mine, the ropes, links and
    23     chains shall be of ample strength, with a factor of safety of
    24     not less than five to one of the maximum load.
    25         (2)  In shafts used exclusively for lowering or hoisting
    26     individuals and material, the factor of safety of ropes,
    27     links and chains shall not be less than ten to one of the
    28     maximum load.
    29         (3)  All ropes, links and chains shall be carefully
    30     examined at least once every 24 hours by a competent
    20080S0949B1744                 - 92 -     

     1     individual delegated for that purpose by the superintendent.
     2         (4)  Any defect found from the examination, by which life
     3     and limb may be endangered, shall be reported at once in
     4     writing to the superintendent, who shall immediately proceed
     5     to remedy the defect. Until that is accomplished, the
     6     superintendent shall prohibit any individual from being
     7     lowered into or hoisted from the mine by the defective
     8     apparatus.
     9         (5)  The individual making the examination shall keep a
    10     daily record of each inspection, in ink, in a book kept at
    11     the mine office for that purpose.
    12     (d)  Cage requirements.--
    13         (1)  (i)  The operator or superintendent shall provide
    14         every cage used for lowering or hoisting individuals with
    15         handrails at sides or overhead or additional suitable
    16         devices and with a bar or gate at ends.
    17             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to elevators
    18         used exclusively for lowering and hoisting individuals.
    19         (2)  The ropes shall be securely attached to the sides of
    20     the drum of every machine that is used for lowering and
    21     hoisting individuals or material into and out of the mine,
    22     and the flanges shall have a clearance of not less than four
    23     inches when the whole of the rope is wound on the drum.
    24     (e)  Signaling system.--
    25         (1)  In all shafts and slopes where individuals, coal and
    26     other materials are hoisted by machinery, a system of
    27     signaling approved by the department shall be in effect. The
    28     following code of signals shall be used:
    29             (i)  One signal to hoist the car or cage.
    30             (ii)  One signal to stop the car or cage when in
    20080S0949B1744                 - 93 -     

     1         motion.
     2             (iii)  Two signals to lower the car or cage.
     3             (iv)  Three signals to hoist individuals.
     4         (2)  The hoist operator shall signal back when ready,
     5     after which the individual shall get on the car or cage and
     6     then one signal shall be given to hoist.
     7  Section 250.  Bottom person.
     8     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where individuals are
     9  lowered into or hoisted from the mine, a bottom person, who
    10  shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the mine
    11  foreman. The bottom person shall:
    12         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    13     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    14         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    15     provisions of this act in respect to hoisting individuals in
    16     shafts or slopes are complied with.
    17         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
    18     with individuals or on either cage when they are being
    19     hoisted out of the mine, except for the purpose of repairing
    20     the shaft or machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place
    21     their tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose,
    22     which containers or cars shall be hoisted before or after the
    23     individuals have been hoisted.
    24         (4)  Immediately inform the mine foreman of any
    25     violation.
    26         (5)  Not attempt to withdraw the car until the cage comes
    27     to a rest.
    28         (6)  When putting the full car on the cage, see that the
    29     springs or catches are properly adjusted so as to keep the
    30     car in its proper place, before giving the signal to the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 94 -     

     1     hoist operator.
     2     (b)  When bottom person not required.--No bottom person shall
     3  be required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
     4  Section 251.  Number of individuals to be hoisted.
     5     (a)  General rule.--No greater number of individuals shall be
     6  lowered or hoisted at any one time in any shaft or slope than is
     7  permitted by the department. Whenever the number of individuals
     8  returning from work shall arrive at the bottom of the shaft or
     9  slope in which individuals are regularly hoisted or lowered,
    10  they shall be promptly furnished with an empty cage, car or
    11  elevator and be hoisted to the surface. In cases of emergency, a
    12  lesser number than permitted shall be promptly hoisted.
    13     (b)  Posting of notice.--A notice of the number permitted to
    14  be lowered or hoisted at any one time shall be posted by the
    15  operator or superintendent in conspicuous places at the top and
    16  bottom of the shaft, and the cage or cages or other safe means
    17  of egress shall be available at all times for the individuals
    18  employed in any mine that has no second outlet available.
    19  Section 252.  Top person.
    20     (a)  Duties.--At every shaft or slope where individuals are
    21  lowered into or hoisted from a mine, a top person or trip rider,
    22  who shall be over 21 years of age, shall be designated by the
    23  superintendent. The top person shall:
    24         (1)  Be on duty when individuals are being hoisted or
    25     lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
    26         (2)  Personally attend to the signals and see that the
    27     provisions of this act in respect to lowering and hoisting
    28     individuals in shafts or slopes are complied with. The trip
    29     rider may also perform this duty.
    30         (3)  Not allow any tools to be placed on the same cage
    20080S0949B1744                 - 95 -     

     1     with persons or on either cage when persons are being lowered
     2     into the mine, except for the purpose of repairing the shaft
     3     or the machinery in the shaft. Individuals shall place their
     4     tools in containers or cars provided for that purpose, which
     5     containers or cars shall be lowered before or after the
     6     individuals have been lowered.
     7         (4)  If located on a slope or incline plane, close the
     8     safety block or other device as soon as the cars have reached
     9     the landing in order to prevent any loose or runaway cars
    10     from descending the slope or incline plane, and in no case
    11     shall the safety block or other device be withdrawn until the
    12     cars are coupled to the rope or chain and the proper signal
    13     given.
    14         (5)  Carefully inspect each day all the machinery in and
    15     about the headframe and the rope used, promptly report to the
    16     superintendent any defect discovered and securely attach the
    17     cars to the rope before lowering them down the incline.
    18         (6)  Ring the alarm bell in case of an accident and, when
    19     necessary, immediately set free the drop logs or safety
    20     switch to act.
    21         (7)  If located in a shaft, see that the springs or keeps
    22     for the cage rest upon and are kept in good working order.
    23         (8)  When taking off the full car, see that no coal or
    24     other material falls down the shaft.
    25     (b)  When top person not required--No top person shall be
    26  required for automatically operated cages or elevators.
    27     (c)  Reporting of individuals crowding or pushing.--Any
    28  individual crowding or pushing to get on or off a cage, elevator
    29  or car, thereby endangering life, shall be reported by any
    30  individual to the superintendent, who in turn shall report the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 96 -     

     1  incident to the department for appropriate action.
     2  Section 253.  Use of competent hoist operators.
     3     (a)  Prohibitions.--
     4         (1)  No operator or superintendent of any bituminous coal
     5     mine worked by shaft, slope or incline shall place in charge
     6     of any hoist used for lowering or hoisting individuals in the
     7     mine competent hoisting operators who are under 21 years of    <--
     8     age.
     9         (2)  No hoist operator in charge of such machinery shall
    10     allow any individual, except as may be designated for this
    11     purpose by the operator or superintendent, to interfere with
    12     any part of the machinery.
    13         (3)  No individual shall interfere with or intimidate the
    14     hoist operator in the discharge of the duties of the hoist
    15     operators.
    16         (4)  No individual shall ride on a loaded cage or car in
    17     any shaft, slope or incline. This paragraph shall not be
    18     construed to prevent a trip rider from riding during the
    19     performance of his authorized duties.
    20     (b)  Special precautions.--When individuals are being lowered
    21  or raised, the hoist operator shall take special precautions to
    22  keep the hoist well under control.
    23  Section 254.  Clearances and shelter holes.
    24     (a)  Specifications for clearances.--
    25         (1)  Track switches, except room and entry development
    26     switches, shall be provided with properly installed throws,
    27     bridle bars and guard rails.
    28         (2)  Switch throws and stands, where possible, shall be
    29     placed on the clearance side.
    30         (3)  Haulage roads shall have a continuous unobstructed
    20080S0949B1744                 - 97 -     

     1     clearance of at least 30 inches from the widest extension of
     2     regular coal transportation equipment on the clearance side.
     3     On haulage roads where trolley lines are used, the clearance
     4     shall be on the side opposite the trolley lines. The
     5     clearance space on all haulage roads shall be kept free of
     6     loose rock, coal, supplies or other materials, provided that
     7     not more than 30 inches need be kept free of such
     8     obstructions.
     9         (4)  Ample clearance shall be provided at all points
    10     where supplies are loaded or unloaded along haulage roads or
    11     conveyors.
    12     (b)  Specifications for shelter holes.--
    13         (1)  (i)  Shelter holes shall be provided on the
    14         clearance side along designated travelways, which are
    15         also used as haulage entries, other than belt conveyor
    16         haulage entries.
    17             (ii)  Subparagraph (i) shall not apply to face area
    18         or room haulageways.
    19         (2)  Shelter holes shall be spaced not more than 105 feet
    20     apart unless otherwise approved by the department. Shelter
    21     holes shall be at least five feet in depth, not more than
    22     four feet in width, level with the roadway and at least four
    23     feet in height.
    24         (3)  Crosscuts may be used as shelter holes even though
    25     their width exceeds four feet and they shall be kept clear
    26     for a depth of at least six feet.
    27         (4)  Shelter holes shall be kept clear of refuse and
    28     other obstructions.
    29         (5)  Shelter holes shall be provided at switch throws and
    30     at manually operated permanent doors.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 98 -     

     1  Section 255.  Underground haulage equipment.
     2     (a)  Maintenance.--Underground haulage equipment shall be
     3  maintained in a safe operating condition. An audible warning
     4  device and headlights shall be provided on each locomotive and
     5  each shuttle car. Rerailing devices shall be provided on all
     6  locomotives.
     7     (b)  Warnings to be sounded.--Operators of haulage equipment
     8  shall sound a warning on approaching curves, intersections,
     9  doors, curtains, manway crossings or any other location where
    10  individuals are likely to travel.
    11  Section 256.  Operation of haulage equipment.
    12     (a)  Duties of motormen and trip riders.--Motormen and trip
    13  riders shall:
    14         (1)  Use care in handling locomotives and cars.
    15         (2)  See that the entire trip is coupled before starting.
    16         (3)  See that there is a conspicuous light or other
    17     device approved by the department, properly maintained, on
    18     the front and rear of each trip or train of cars when in
    19     motion.
    20     (b)  Prohibitions.--
    21         (1)  No individual shall ride on locomotives unless
    22     granted permission by the mine foreman.
    23         (2)  No individual shall ride on any loaded car or on the
    24     outside of any car.
    25         (3)  No motorman or trip rider shall get on or off a
    26     locomotive while it is in motion.
    27         (4)  No individual shall fly or run switches or ride on
    28     the front bumper of a car. Back poling shall be permitted
    29     only to the nearest turning point or when going up extremely
    30     steep grades and then only cautiously and at slow speed. The
    20080S0949B1744                 - 99 -     

     1     operator of a shuttle car shall face in the direction of
     2     travel except during the loading operation when he may face
     3     the loading machine.
     4     (c)  Duties of motormen.--Motormen shall:
     5         (1)  See that properly maintained safety devices are
     6     placed on the last car of any trip being hauled upgrade, as
     7     designated by the mine foreman and approved by the
     8     department, on the front and rear of each trip or train of
     9     cars when in motion.
    10         (2)  Inspect locomotives and report any mechanical
    11     defects found to the proper mine official prior to operation.
    12     The locomotive may not be operated until the defects are
    13     corrected.
    14         (3)  If there is reason to leave a trip, see that the
    15     trip is left in a safe place, secure from cars, locomotives
    16     or other dangers and where it will not endanger the operators
    17     of other trips or other individuals.
    18     (d)  System of signals, methods or devices.--A system of
    19  signals, methods or devices shall be used to provide protection
    20  for trips, locomotives and other equipment coming out onto
    21  tracks used by other equipment. Where a dispatcher is employed
    22  to control trips, traffic shall move only at his direction.
    23  Section 257.  Trip rider and hooker-on BOTTOM INDIVIDUAL on rope  <--
    24             haulage.
    25     (a)  Duties of trip rider.--The trip rider shall see that all
    26  hitchings are safe for use and that the trip is coupled before
    27  starting. If at any time the trip rider sees any material defect
    28  in the rope, link or chain, he shall immediately remedy the
    29  defect or, if he is unable to do so, shall detain the trip and
    30  report the matter to the mine foreman or the assistant.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 100 -    

     1     (b)  Duties of hooker-on.--The hooker-on BOTTOM INDIVIDUAL.--  <--
     2  THE BOTTOM INDIVIDUAL at the bottom of any slope shall see that
     3  cars are properly coupled to a rope or chain and that the safety
     4  catch or other device is properly attached to the rear car
     5  before giving the signal to the hoisting operator. The hooker-on  <--
     6  BOTTOM INDIVIDUAL shall not allow any individual to ride up the   <--
     7  slope other than the trip rider.
     8  Section 258.  Transportation of individuals.
     9     (a)  General rule.--The speed of mantrips shall be governed
    10  by the mine foreman, and mantrips shall be operated at safe
    11  speeds consistent with the condition of roads and type of
    12  equipment used. Each mantrip shall be under the charge of a
    13  competent individual designated by the mine foreman or the
    14  assistant mine foreman and operated independently of any loaded
    15  trip of coal or other heavy material, but may transport tools,
    16  small machine parts and supplies.
    17     (b)  Prohibition.--No individual shall:
    18         (1)  Ride under the trolley wire unless suitable covered
    19     mantrips are used.
    20         (2)  Load or unload before the cars in which they are to
    21     ride or are riding come to a full stop. Individuals shall
    22     proceed in an orderly manner to and from mantrips.
    23     (c)  Adequate clearance and proper illumination.--Adequate
    24  clearance and proper illumination shall be provided where
    25  individuals load or unload mantrips.
    26     (d)  Adequate precautions.--Adequate precautions shall be
    27  taken so that moving trips and standing cars are subject to
    28  proper control by derailing or braking devices.
    29  Section 259.  Conveyor belts and conveyor equipment.
    30     (a)  Specifications.--
    20080S0949B1744                 - 101 -    

     1         (1)  Except as otherwise provided under paragraph (2),
     2     all conveyor entries shall be provided with a minimum width
     3     and height of not less than four feet for travel and, in
     4     conveyor entries in which track is installed, the minimum
     5     amount of clearance width shall not be less than two and one-
     6     half feet, which clearance width shall be continuous
     7     throughout the entry.
     8         (2)  In lieu of maintaining four feet of height in
     9     conveyor entries, a minimum height of three feet and a
    10     minimum width of four feet may be maintained, provided the
    11     operator furnishes a mode of conveyance for men and material
    12     other than on the conveyor. All such travel space and
    13     clearance space shall be kept free of all forms of
    14     obstruction underfoot and from electric wires and electric
    15     cables. A space of not less than four feet in width shall be
    16     provided for travel from the immediate entrance of each
    17     working place to the face thereof, which space shall be kept
    18     free of all forms of obstruction underfoot and free from
    19     electric wires and electric cables.
    20     (b)  Cross points.--At all points where individuals must of
    21  necessity cross conveyors, the conveyor at the point where the
    22  crossing is made shall be so arranged that individuals can cross
    23  safely and conveniently without coming into contact with the
    24  conveyor.
    25     (c)  Automatic stop control.--Conveyors shall be equipped
    26  with an automatic control that will stop the driving motor in
    27  case of slipping on the drive pulley, and the control shall be
    28  tested each operating shift to ascertain that it is in good
    29  operating condition.
    30     (d)  Electric wires and cables.--All electric wires or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 102 -    

     1  electric cables in completed portions of conveyor entries shall
     2  be carried on insulators.
     3     (e)  Control lines.--Control lines shall be installed the
     4  full length of the belt.
     5     (f)  Point type heat sensors.--Point type heat sensors shall
     6  not be used as the primary type of fire sensors in any mine
     7  opened more than six months after the effective date of this
     8  section.
     9  Section 260.  Blowtorches and fuel.
    10     No blowtorch may be used in a mine.
    11  Section 261.  Oxygen and gas containers.
    12     (a)  General rule.--A substantial insulated container
    13  provided with a cover and specially designed for safe
    14  transportation of the cylinders shall be used in transporting
    15  oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders in all bituminous coal mines.
    16     (b)  Identification.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
    17  shall be clearly identified.
    18  Section 262.  Transportation of oxygen and gas.
    19     (a)  General rule.--Transportation of oxygen and gas tanks or
    20  cylinders shall be permitted on self-propelled machinery or belt
    21  conveyors specially equipped for safe holding of the containers
    22  in transportation. In no instance shall such transportation be
    23  permitted in conjunction with any mantrip.
    24     (b)  Marking of empty tanks and cylinders.--Empty oxygen and
    25  gas tanks or cylinders shall be marked "empty" and shall be
    26  removed from the mine promptly in proper containers. The valve
    27  protection caps shall be placed on all tanks or cylinders for
    28  which caps are provided when not in use and when being
    29  transported. No oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders shall be
    30  transported with the hoses and gauges attached.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 103 -    

     1     (c)  Identification of tanks and cylinders.--All oxygen and
     2  gas tanks or cylinders shall be clearly identified.
     3  Section 263.  Storage of oxygen and gas.
     4     (a)  General rule.--All oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders
     5  shall be properly secured and protected against possible damage
     6  when stored in and about bituminous coal mines. When oxygen and
     7  gas tanks or cylinders are stored in underground shops or
     8  surface structures, they shall be protected from damage by
     9  falling material and secured in an upright position. Not more
    10  than a one-week supply of oxygen or gas shall be stored in any
    11  underground or surface shop. This quantity shall be determined
    12  in agreement with the department.
    13     (b)  Valves and hoses.--The valves on oxygen and gas tanks or
    14  cylinders shall be closed. The hoses shall be removed when not
    15  in actual use, except in a properly ventilated and protected
    16  underground machine shop or surface structure. Valves on empty
    17  tanks or cylinders shall be kept closed.
    18  Section 264.  Use of oxygen and gas.
    19     (a)  General rule.--Oxygen and gas tanks or cylinders and
    20  their contents must be used solely for their intended purposes.
    21     (b)  Training and clothing.--An individual assigned to use
    22  and work with oxygen or gas shall be properly trained and
    23  skilled in its use and shall be fully conversant with the danger
    24  of its misuse. Any individual using oxygen or gas in and about a
    25  bituminous coal mine shall be provided with goggles or shields,
    26  and the clothing of such individual shall be reasonably free of
    27  oil and grease.
    28     (c)  Lighting of torches.--Only a safe type of spark-lighter
    29  shall be used for lighting torches. The use of matches,
    30  cigarette lighters, electric arcs or hot metal to light or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 104 -    

     1  relight a torch is prohibited.
     2     (d)  Maintenance.--The oxygen or gas hose lines, gauges and
     3  similar equipment shall be maintained in safe operating
     4  condition. Defective tanks, cylinders, gauges, hose lines,
     5  torches and similar equipment shall be taken out of service upon
     6  discovery and shall not be put into use until corrected and made
     7  safe.
     8     (e)  Multiple units permitted.--
     9         (1)  Multiple units consisting of one gas tank and one
    10     oxygen tank are permitted in a working section when
    11     necessary. When not in use, the tanks shall be removed to a
    12     point outby the last open crosscut and kept away from power
    13     wires and electric equipment. A proper storage area must be
    14     provided.
    15         (2)  This subsection does not apply to oxygen tanks used
    16     to provide breathable air in the event of an emergency.
    17     (f)  Pressure.--Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used under
    18  direct pressure from tanks or cylinders but must be used under
    19  reduced pressure not exceeding pressures recommended by the
    20  manufacturer of the oxygen or gas.
    21     (g)  Working sections.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
    22  welding shall be done in fresh intake air only in working
    23  sections. The area where the work is to be done shall be
    24  examined by a mine official before, during and after the welding
    25  or burning to assure that no fire or other danger exists. In the
    26  event the equipment to be repaired cannot be removed from the
    27  face area to outby the last open crosscut, the following shall
    28  be satisfied:
    29         (1)  Fresh intake air shall be established to a point
    30     inby where the cutting or welding is to be performed.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 105 -    

     1         (2)  An approved gas detection device shall be used by a
     2     mine official for gas detection during the cutting and
     3     welding operation.
     4         (3)  No individual shall be permitted inby the point in
     5     the working section where cutting or welding operations are
     6     being performed.
     7     (h)  Safety requirements.--
     8         (1)  When oxygen or gas cutting, burning or welding is
     9     being done, a suitable fire extinguisher shall be kept on
    10     hand and ready for use. In dry or dusty locations, a water
    11     line and tap under pressure or an adequate supply of rock
    12     dust shall be available in the area where such work is
    13     performed.
    14         (2)  Neither oxygen nor gas shall be used near oil,
    15     grease or fine coal dust unless the oil, grease or fine coal
    16     dust is adequately cleaned or made inert by the use of rock
    17     dust or the area where the work is to be done is thoroughly
    18     wetted.
    19     (i)  Intake air activity.--Oxygen or gas cutting, burning or
    20  welding shall be done in intake air only. Underground shops
    21  where oxygen gas burning occurs shall be on a separate split of
    22  air.
    23     (j)  Tests for leaks.--Tests for leaks on hose valves or
    24  gauges shall be made only with a soft brush and soapy water or
    25  soapsuds.
    26     (k)  Torch-tip cleaners.--An efficient and proper type torch-
    27  tip cleaner shall be kept on hand and used to maintain each
    28  torch in safe operating condition. A suitable wrench designed
    29  for oxygen and gas tanks shall be in the possession of the
    30  individual authorized to use the equipment.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 106 -    

     1     (l)  Manifolding cylinders.--The practice known as
     2  "manifolding cylinders" shall be permitted if the installation
     3  is solidly grounded and operation thereof is in accordance with
     4  recognized safe procedures.
     5     (m)  Protection from power lines.--Oxygen and gas tanks or
     6  cylinders shall be protected from power lines or energized
     7  electrical machinery or equipment, and such tanks or cylinders
     8  shall be kept away from the place where the cutting is being
     9  done in order to prevent damage or accident and to prevent heat
    10  from affecting such tanks or cylinders.
    11  Section 265.  Duties of individuals subject to this act.
    12     It shall be the duty of each operator, superintendent, mine
    13  foreman, assistant mine foreman and mine examiners and other
    14  officials to comply with and to see that others comply with the
    15  provisions of this act. It shall be the duty of all employees to
    16  comply with this act and to cooperate with management and the
    17  department in carrying out its provisions. Reasonable rules and
    18  regulations of an operator for the protection of employees and
    19  preservation of property that are in harmony with the provisions
    20  of this act and other applicable laws shall be complied with.
    21  Section 266.  Protective clothing.
    22     (a)  Goggles.--Welders and helpers shall use proper shields
    23  or goggles to protect their eyes. All employees shall have
    24  approved goggles or eye shields and use them where there is a
    25  hazard from flying particles or other eye hazards.
    26     (b)  Snug-fitting clothing.--Employees engaged in haulage
    27  operations and all other individuals employed around moving
    28  equipment on the surface and underground shall wear snug-fitting
    29  clothing.
    30     (c)  Gloves.--Protective gloves shall be worn when material
    20080S0949B1744                 - 107 -    

     1  which may injure hands is handled, but gloves with gauntlet
     2  cuffs shall not be worn around moving equipment.
     3     (d)  Protective hats.--All individuals shall wear protective
     4  hats while underground and while on the surface where falling
     5  objects may cause injury.
     6     (e)  Protective footwear.--Protective footwear shall be worn
     7  by employees, officials and others while on duty in and around a
     8  bituminous coal mine.
     9  Section 267.  Checking systems.
    10     Each bituminous coal mine shall have a check-in and check-out
    11  system that will provide positive identification of every
    12  individual underground. An accurate record of the individuals in
    13  the mine, which shall consist of a written record, a check
    14  board, a time clock record or another approved method shall be
    15  kept on the surface in a place that will not be affected in the
    16  event of an emergency. The record shall bear a number or name
    17  identical to the identification check carried by or fastened to
    18  the belt of all individuals going underground.
    19  Section 268.  Prohibitions regarding endangering security of
    20                 mine.
    21     (a)  Prohibitions regarding ventilation.--No miner, worker or
    22  other individual shall knowingly damage, obstruct or remove any
    23  shaft, lamp, instrument, air course or other equipment, obstruct
    24  or disrupt any portion of the mine's ventilation, carry open
    25  lights, open a door closed for directing ventilation and not
    26  close it again or enter any part of a mine that has been
    27  dangered off. No individual shall deface, pull down or destroy
    28  any notice boards, record books or mine maps.
    29     (b)  Smoking prohibition.--Open lights, smoking and smokers'
    30  articles, including matches, are prohibited in bituminous coal
    20080S0949B1744                 - 108 -    

     1  mines. No individual shall at any time enter a mine with or
     2  carry into the mine any matches, pipes, cigars, cigarettes or
     3  any device for making lights or fire not approved. In all mines
     4  the operator may search or cause to be searched any individual,
     5  including his clothing and material belongings, entering or
     6  about to enter the mine, or inside the mine, to prevent such
     7  individual from taking or carrying into the mine any of the
     8  articles prohibited by this subsection.
     9     (c)  Intoxicated individuals.--No individual under the
    10  influence of alcohol or a controlled substance shall enter into
    11  or loiter about any mine. No individual shall have in his
    12  possession alcohol or controlled substances while in or about
    13  the mine premises. This provision shall not apply to the use of
    14  medication as prescribed for that individual.
    15  Section 269.  Responsibility for care and maintenance of
    16                 equipment.
    17     Equipment operators shall exercise reasonable care in the
    18  operation of the equipment entrusted to them and shall promptly
    19  report defects known to them.
    20  Section 270.  Control of dust and other inhalation hazards.
    21     Individuals exposed for short periods to gas, dust, fume and
    22  mist inhalation hazards shall wear approved respiratory
    23  equipment. When exposure is for prolonged periods, dust shall be
    24  controlled by the use of approved dust collectors or by water or
    25  other approved methods.
    26  Section 271.  Safeguards for mechanical equipment.
    27     (a)  Locking.--The cutting devices of mining machines shall
    28  be locked securely by mechanical means or electrical interlocks
    29  while the machines are parked or being trammed. Loading machines
    30  shall not be trammed with loading arms in motion except when
    20080S0949B1744                 - 109 -    

     1  loading materials.
     2     (b)  Guarding.--Belt chain or rope drives and the moving
     3  parts of machinery which are within seven feet of the floor,
     4  ground or platform level, unless isolated, shall be guarded
     5  adequately. Repair pits shall be kept covered or guarded at all
     6  times when not in use. Machinery shall not be lubricated or
     7  repaired while in motion, except where safe remote lubricating
     8  devices are used. Machinery shall not be started until the
     9  individual lubricating or repairing it has given a clear signal.
    10  Guards that have been removed shall be replaced before the
    11  machinery is again put into use. Provision shall be made to
    12  prevent accumulation of spilled lubricants.
    13     (c)  Grinders.--Mechanically operated grinding wheels shall
    14  be equipped with safety washers and substantial retaining hoods
    15  covering two-thirds of the circumference of the wheel, and
    16  goggles or eye shields shall be used. Where stationary grinders
    17  are used, a tool rest shall be provided and the clearance
    18  between the wheel and tool rest shall not exceed one thirty-
    19  second of an inch.
    20  Section 272.  First aid equipment.
    21     In every bituminous coal mine where individuals are employed
    22  underground and in every active section of the mine, it shall be
    23  the duty of the operator or superintendent of the mine to keep
    24  on hand properly constructed stretchers, woolen and waterproof
    25  blankets and all requisites for use in case of emergency. No
    26  first aid material shall be removed or diverted without
    27  authorization, except in case of accident in or about the mine.
    28  It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent to have
    29  adequate ambulance service available promptly in the event of
    30  injury to any employee.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 110 -    

     1  Section 273.  Fire protection.
     2     (a)  Firefighting equipment.--Each mine shall be provided
     3  with suitable firefighting equipment adapted for the size and
     4  conditions of the mine.
     5     (b)  Standards for firefighting equipment.--At a minimum,
     6  firefighting equipment shall meet the following:
     7         (1)  Waterlines shall be capable of delivering 50 gallons
     8     of water per minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per
     9     square inch.
    10         (2)  A portable water car shall be of at least 1,000
    11     gallons capacity and shall have at least 300 feet of fire
    12     hose with nozzles. A portable water car shall be capable of
    13     providing a flow through the hose of 50 gallons of water per
    14     minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
    15         (3)  A portable chemical car shall carry enough chemicals
    16     to provide a fire extinguishing capacity equivalent to that
    17     of a portable water car.
    18         (4)  A portable foam-generating machine or device shall
    19     have facilities and equipment for supplying the machine with
    20     30 gallons of water per minute at 30 pounds per square inch
    21     for a period of 35 minutes.
    22         (5)  A portable fire extinguisher shall be either:
    23             (i)  A multipurpose dry chemical type containing a
    24         nominal weight of five pounds of dry powder and enough
    25         expellant to apply the powder.
    26             (ii)  A foam-producing type containing at least 2.5
    27         gallons of foam-producing liquids and enough expellant to
    28         supply the foam.
    29         (6)  Only fire extinguishers approved by the Underwriters
    30     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corp.,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 111 -    

     1     carrying appropriate labels as to the type and purpose shall
     2     be used. All portable fire extinguishers shall have a 2A 10
     3     BC or higher rating.
     4         (7)  The fire hose shall be lined with a flame-resistant
     5     material. The cover shall be polyester or other material with
     6     flame-spread qualities and mildew resistance equal or
     7     superior to polyester. The bursting pressure shall be at
     8     least four times the water pressure at the valve to the hose
     9     inlet with the valve closed, and the maximum water pressure
    10     in the hose nozzle shall not exceed 100 pounds per square
    11     inch.
    12     (c)  Working sections.--
    13         (1)  Each working section of a mine producing 300 tons or
    14     more per shift shall be provided with two portable fire
    15     extinguishers and 240 pounds of rock dust in bags or other
    16     suitable containers. Water lines shall extend to each section
    17     loading point and be equipped with enough fire hose to reach
    18     each working face unless the section loading point is
    19     provided with one of the following:
    20             (i)  two portable water cars;
    21             (ii)  two portable chemical cars; or
    22             (iii)  one portable water car or one portable
    23         chemical car, and either:
    24                 (A)  a portable foam-generating machine; or
    25                 (B)  a portable high-pressure rock-dusting
    26             machine fitted with at least 250 feet of hose and
    27             supplied with at least 60 bags of rock dust.
    28         (2)  Each working section of a mine producing less than
    29     300 tons of coal per shift shall be provided with:
    30             (i)  Two portable fire extinguishers.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 112 -    

     1             (ii)  Two hundred and forty pounds of rock dust in
     2         bags or other suitable containers.
     3             (iii)  At least 500 gallons of water and at least
     4         three pails of ten-quart capacity. In lieu of the 500-
     5         gallon water supply, a water line with sufficient hose to
     6         reach the working places, a portable water car with a
     7         500-gallon capacity or a portable all-purpose dry powder
     8         chemical car of at least 125 pounds capacity may be
     9         provided.
    10     (d)  Belt conveyors.--In all mines, water lines shall be
    11  installed parallel to the entire length of belt conveyors and
    12  shall be equipped with fire hose outlets with valves at 300-foot
    13  intervals along each belt conveyor and at tailpieces. At least
    14  500 feet of fire hose with fittings suitable for connection with
    15  each belt conveyor water line system shall be stored at
    16  strategic locations along the belt conveyor. Water lines may be
    17  installed in entries adjacent to the conveyor entry belt as long
    18  as the outlets project into the belt conveyor entry.
    19     (e)  Haulage tracks.--
    20         (1)  In a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
    21     shift, water lines shall be installed parallel to all haulage
    22     tracks using mechanized equipment in the track or adjacent
    23     entry and shall extend to the loading point of each working
    24     section. Water lines shall be equipped with outlet valves at
    25     intervals of not more than 500 feet, and 500 feet of fire
    26     hose with fittings suitable for connection with such water
    27     lines shall be provided at strategic locations. Two portable
    28     water cars, readily available, may be used in lieu of water
    29     lines prescribed under this paragraph.
    30         (2)  In a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    20080S0949B1744                 - 113 -    

     1     shift, there shall be provided at 500-foot intervals in all
     2     main and secondary haulage roads:
     3             (i)  a tank of water of at least 55-gallon capacity
     4         with at least three pails of not less than ten-quart
     5         capacity; or
     6             (ii)  not less than 240 pounds of bagged rock dust.
     7     (f)  Transportation.--Each track or off-track locomotive,
     8  self-propelled mantrip car or personnel carrier shall be
     9  equipped with one portable fire extinguisher.
    10     (g)  Electrical installations.--
    11         (1)  Two portable fire extinguishers or one extinguisher
    12     having at least twice the minimum capacity specified for a
    13     portable fire extinguisher specified in subsection (b)(5)
    14     shall be provided at each permanent electrical installation.
    15         (2)  One portable fire extinguisher and 240 pounds of
    16     rock dust shall be provided at each temporary electrical
    17     installation.
    18     (h)  Oil storage stations.--Two portable fire extinguishers
    19  and 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at each permanent
    20  underground oil storage station. One portable fire extinguisher
    21  shall be provided at each working section where 25 gallons or
    22  more of oil is stored in addition to extinguishers required
    23  under subsection (c).
    24     (i)  Welding, cutting and soldering.--One portable fire
    25  extinguisher or 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at
    26  locations where welding, cutting or soldering with arc or flame
    27  is being done.
    28     (j)  Power lines.--At each wooden door through which power
    29  lines pass, there shall be one portable fire extinguisher or 240
    30  pounds of rock dust within 25 feet of the door on the intake air
    20080S0949B1744                 - 114 -    

     1  side.
     2     (k)  Emergency materials.--
     3         (1)  At a mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per
     4     shift, there shall be readily available the following
     5     materials at locations not exceeding two miles from each
     6     working section:
     7             (i)  One thousand board feet of brattice boards.
     8             (ii)  Two rolls of brattice cloth.
     9             (iii)  Two handsaws.
    10             (iv)  Twenty-five pounds of 8d nails.
    11             (v)  Twenty-five pounds of 10d nails.
    12             (vi)  Twenty-five pounds of 16d nails.
    13             (vii)  Three claw hammers.
    14             (viii)  Twenty-five bags of wood fiber plaster or ten
    15         bags of cement, or equivalent material for stoppings.
    16             (ix)  Five tons of rock dust.
    17         (2)  At a mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per
    18     shift, the materials set forth in this subsection shall be
    19     available at the mine, provided, however, that the emergency
    20     materials for one or more mines may be stored at a central
    21     warehouse or building supply company and the supply must be
    22     the equivalent of that required for all mines involved and
    23     within an hour's delivery time from each mine. This exception
    24     shall not apply where the active working sections are more
    25     than two miles from the surface.
    26     (l)  Condition and examination of firefighting equipment.--
    27  All firefighting equipment shall be maintained in a usable and
    28  operative condition. Chemical extinguishers shall be examined
    29  every six months, and the date of the examination shall be
    30  written on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 115 -    

     1     (m)  Branch lines.--As a part of the deluge-type water spray
     2  system, two or more branch lines of nozzles shall be installed.
     3  The maximum distance between nozzles shall not exceed eight
     4  feet.
     5     (n)  Installation of foam generator systems.--
     6         (1)  Foam generator systems shall be located so as to
     7     discharge foam to the belt drive, belt take-up, electrical
     8     controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt.
     9         (2)  Foam generator systems shall be equipped with a fire
    10     sensor which actuates the system, and each system shall be
    11     capable of producing and delivering the following amounts of
    12     foam within five minutes:
    13             (i)  At fire-resistant belt installations, an amount
    14         which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt take-up,
    15         electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and conveyor belt
    16         over a distance of 50 feet.
    17             (ii)  At non-fire-resistant belt installations, an
    18         amount which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt
    19         take-up electrical controls, gear-reducing unit and
    20         conveyor belt over a distance of 150 feet.
    21         (3)  The foam generator shall be equipped with a warning
    22     device designed to stop the belt drive when a fire occurs,
    23     and all such warning devices shall be capable of giving both
    24     an audible and visual signal when actuated by fire.
    25         (4)  Water, power and chemicals required shall be
    26     adequate to maintain water or foam flow for no less than 25
    27     minutes.
    28         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
    29     out connection and a manual shut-off valve.
    30     (o)  Water sprinkler systems.--Water sprinkler systems may be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 116 -    

     1  installed to protect main and secondary belt-conveyor drives,
     2  however, where such systems are employed, they shall be
     3  installed and maintained in accordance with subsections (p),
     4  (q), (r), (s) and (t).
     5     (p)  Installation of water sprinkler systems.--
     6         (1)  The fire-control components of each water sprinkler
     7     system shall be installed, as far as practicable, in
     8     accordance with the recommendations set forth in the National
     9     Fire Protection Association, Code No. 13, entitled
    10     "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," in effect at the time of
    11     installation, and such systems' components shall be of a type
    12     approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Factory
    13     Mutual Research Corporation.
    14         (2)  Each sprinkler system shall provide protection for
    15     the motor drive belt take-up, electrical controls, gear-
    16     reducing unit and 50 feet of fire-resistant belt or 150 feet
    17     of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
    18         (3)  The components of each water sprinkler system shall
    19     be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage by
    20     roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
    21     (q)  Arrangement of sprinklers.--
    22         (1)  At least one sprinkler shall be installed above each
    23     belt drive, belt take-up, electrical control and gear-
    24     reducing unit, and individual sprinklers shall be installed
    25     at intervals of no more than eight feet along all conveyor
    26     branch lines.
    27         (2)  Two or more branch lines, at least one of which
    28     shall be above the top belt and one between the top and
    29     bottom belt, shall be installed in each sprinkler system to
    30     provide a uniform discharge of water to the belt surface.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 117 -    

     1         (3)  The water discharge rate from the sprinkler system
     2     shall not be less than .25 gallon per minute per square foot
     3     of the top surface of the top belt, and the discharge shall
     4     be directed at both the upper and bottom surfaces of the top
     5     belt and to the upper surface of the bottom belt. The supply
     6     of water shall be adequate to provide a constant flow of
     7     water for ten minutes with all sprinklers functioning.
     8         (4)  Each individual sprinkler shall be activated at a
     9     temperature of not less than 150 degrees Fahrenheit and not
    10     more than 300 degrees Fahrenheit.
    11         (5)  Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-
    12     out connection and a manual shutoff valve.
    13     (r)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet together with
    14  a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive shall be
    15  provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
    16     (s)  Fire warning devices at belt drives.--Each water
    17  sprinkler system shall be equipped with a device designed to
    18  stop the belt drive in the event of a rise in temperature, and
    19  each warning device shall be capable of giving both an audible
    20  and visual warning when a fire occurs.
    21     (t)  Examination and test.--Each water sprinkler system shall
    22  be examined weekly, and a functional test of the complete system
    23  shall be conducted at least once each year.
    24     (u)  Equivalent dry-pipe system.--Where water sprinkler
    25  systems are installed to protect main and secondary belt
    26  conveyor drives and freezing temperatures prevail, an equivalent
    27  dry-pipe system may be installed.
    28     (v)  Dry-powder chemical systems.--Self-contained dry-powder
    29  chemical systems may be installed to protect main and secondary
    30  belt conveyor drives; however, where self-contained dry-powder
    20080S0949B1744                 - 118 -    

     1  chemical systems are employed, they shall be installed and
     2  maintained in accordance with the provisions of subsections (w),
     3  (x), (y), (z), (aa), (bb), (cc) and (dd).
     4     (w)  Installation of dry-powder chemical systems.--
     5         (1)  Self-contained dry-powder chemical systems shall be
     6     installed to protect each beltdrive, belt take-up, electrical
     7     controls, gear-reducing units and 50 feet of fire-resistant
     8     belt or 150 feet of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the
     9     belt drive.
    10         (2)  The fire control components of each dry-powder
    11     chemical system shall be a type approved by the Underwriters
    12     Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering
    13     Corporation.
    14         (3)  The components of each dry-powder chemical system
    15     shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage
    16     by roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
    17     (x)  Construction of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    18         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder system shall be
    19     equipped with hose or pipe lines which are no longer than
    20     necessary.
    21         (2)  Metal piping and hose between control valves and
    22     nozzles shall have a minimum bursting pressure of 500 pounds
    23     per square inch.
    24         (3)  Hose shall be protected by wire braid or its
    25     equivalent.
    26         (4)  Nozzles and reservoirs shall be sufficient in number
    27     to provide maximum protection to each belt, belt take-up,
    28     electrical controls and gear-reducing unit.
    29         (5)  Each belt shall be protected on the top surface of
    30     both the top and bottom belts and the bottom surface of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 119 -    

     1     top belt.
     2     (y)  Sensing and fire-suppression devices.--
     3         (1)  Each self-contained dry-powder chemical system shall
     4     be equipped with sensing devices which shall be designed to
     5     activate the fire control system, sound an alarm and stop the
     6     conveyor drive motor in the event of a rise in temperature,
     7     and provision shall be made to minimize contamination of the
     8     lens of any optical sensing device installed in the system.
     9         (2)  Where sensors are operated from the same power
    10     source as the belt drive, each sensor shall be equipped with
    11     a standby power source which shall be capable of remaining
    12     operative for at least four hours after a power cutoff.
    13         (3)  Sensor systems shall include a warning indicator or
    14     test circuit which shows it is operative.
    15         (4)  Each fire suppression system shall be equipped with
    16     a manually operated control valve which shall be independent
    17     of the sensor.
    18     (z)  Dry powder requirements.--Each dry powder chemical
    19  system shall contain the following minimum amounts of
    20  multipurpose dry powder:
    21         (1)  One hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
    22     fire resistant belts.
    23         (2)  Two hundred and twenty-five pounds of dry powder for
    24     non-fire-resistant belts.
    25     (aa)  Nozzles, flow rate and direction.--The nozzles of each
    26  dry-powder chemical system shall be capable of discharging all
    27  powder within one minute after actuation of the system, and such
    28  nozzles shall be directed so as to minimize the effect of
    29  ventilation upon fire control.
    30     (bb)  Safeguards for dry-powder chemical systems.--Adequate
    20080S0949B1744                 - 120 -    

     1  guards shall be provided along all belt conveyors in the
     2  vicinity of each dry-powder chemical system to protect
     3  individuals whose vision is restricted by a discharge of powder
     4  from the system. Handrails shall be installed in these areas to
     5  provide assistance to those passing along the conveyor after a
     6  powder discharge.
     7     (cc)  Backup water system.--One fire hose outlet, together
     8  with a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive,
     9  shall be provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
    10     (dd)  Inspection of dry-powder chemical systems.--
    11         (1)  Each dry-powder chemical system shall be examined
    12     weekly, and a functional test of the complete system shall be
    13     conducted at least once each year.
    14         (2)  Where the dry-powder chemical system has been
    15     actuated, all components of the system shall be cleaned
    16     immediately by flushing all powder from pipes and hoses, and
    17     all hose damaged by fire shall be replaced.
    18  Section 274.  Mine openings or outlets.
    19     (a)  Mine openings or outlets.--It shall be unlawful for the
    20  operator, superintendent or mine foreman of a mine to employ any
    21  individual to work in the mine unless there are two openings or
    22  outlets to the surface from every seam of coal being worked, and
    23  available from every seam of coal entry, which openings or
    24  outlets shall have distinct means of ingress and egress
    25  available at all times for the use by the employees. The two
    26  openings to the surface required by this section shall not be at
    27  a common shaft, slope, or drift opening, except that multiple
    28  compartment shafts or slopes separated by substantially
    29  constructed walls of noncombustible material shall be considered
    30  as two separate and distinct openings. The distance between two
    20080S0949B1744                 - 121 -    

     1  shafts shall not be less than 200 feet, the distance between the
     2  openings to the surface of slopes shall not be less than 150
     3  feet and the distance between drifts shall not be less than 50
     4  feet, provided that the distance between the openings shall
     5  apply only to mines opened after the effective date of this act.
     6  The distances specified may be less with the written consent of
     7  the department. The passageways between the two shafts shall at
     8  all times be maintained in safe and available condition for the
     9  employees to travel, and the pillars in entries between the
    10  shafts TWO OPENINGS shall not be removed without the approval of  <--
    11  the department.
    12     (b)  Openings.--The requirements of subsection (a) shall not
    13  apply to the openings of a new mine, or to the openings of a new
    14  entry of an existing mine, that is being worked for the purpose
    15  of making connection between the two outlets, as long as not
    16  more than 20 individuals are employed at any one time in making
    17  the connection or driving the second opening. The requirements
    18  of subsection (a) shall not apply to any mine in which the
    19  second opening has been rendered unavailable by reason of the
    20  final robbing or removing of pillars, as long as not more than
    21  20 individuals are employed in the mine at any one time.
    22     (c)  Safe egress.--Safe means of egress shall be available at
    23  all times for the individuals employed in a mine that has no
    24  second outlet available.
    25     (d)  Entries.--Every mine shall have at least five main
    26  entries, two of which shall lead from the main opening and two
    27  of which shall lead from the second opening into the body of the
    28  mine. The fifth, which may be connected with an opening to the
    29  surface or with the intake airway at or near the main intake
    30  opening, shall be used exclusively as a travelingway for the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 122 -    

     1  employees.
     2     (e)  Intake and return entries.--The intake and return
     3  entries shall be kept reasonably drained and reasonably free
     4  from refuse and obstructions of all kinds, so that individuals
     5  may safely travel throughout their whole length and have a safe
     6  means of egress from workings in case of emergency. The entries
     7  shall be separated by pillars of coal of sufficient strength.
     8  When the coal seam height is less than four and one-half feet,
     9  employees shall be provided a means of transportation in and out
    10  of the mine.
    11     (f)  Passageway between workings.--In every slope with
    12  workings on both sides, an overpass or underpass not less than
    13  five feet wide and five feet high shall be provided as a
    14  passageway for the use of employees to cross from one side of
    15  the slope to the other. The overpass or underpass shall connect
    16  with available passageways leading to the workings on both sides
    17  of the slope. The intervening strata between the slope and the
    18  overpass or underpass shall be of sufficient strength at all
    19  points to insure safety to the employees, provided, however,
    20  that if it is impracticable to drive an overpass or an underpass
    21  in the solid, an overpass or underpass, if substantially built
    22  with masonry or other incombustible material, will be deemed
    23  sufficient.
    24     (g)  Shafts less than 100 feet deep.--If the opening or
    25  outlet other than the main opening is a shaft not more than 100
    26  feet in depth and is used by employees for the purpose of
    27  ingress to or egress from the mine, it shall be kept available
    28  and in safe condition, free from dangerous gases and all
    29  obstruction, and shall be fitted with safe and convenient
    30  stairways, with steps of an average tread of ten inches and a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 123 -    

     1  rise of nine inches, not less than two feet in width and not to
     2  exceed an angle of 45 degrees, and with landings not less than
     3  24 inches in width and four feet in length, at easy and
     4  convenient distances. Stairways shall be made safe by having
     5  handrails of suitable material placed on one side, or on both
     6  sides when requested by the department, and shall be inspected
     7  every 24 hours by a certified mine official employed for that
     8  purpose. Water that may come from the surface or from the strata
     9  in the shaft shall be conducted away so it will not fall on the
    10  stairways or on individuals while descending or ascending them.
    11     (h)  Shafts more than 100 feet deep.--When a mine is operated
    12  by a shaft more than 100 feet in depth, the individuals employed
    13  in the shaft shall be lowered and hoisted by means of machinery
    14  unless the second opening is a drift or a slope. When the
    15  employees are lowered into or hoisted from the mine at the main
    16  shaft opening, the second opening, if a shaft, shall be supplied
    17  with a stairway, constructed in the manner designated in this
    18  section or with suitable machinery for safely lowering and
    19  hoisting individuals in case of an emergency.
    20     (i)  Slope openings.--At any mine where one of the openings
    21  required is a slope and is used as a means of ingress and egress
    22  by the employees, and where the angle of descent of the slope
    23  exceeds 15 degrees and its length from the mouth of the opening
    24  exceeds 1,000 feet, the employees shall be lowered into and
    25  hoisted from the mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per
    26  hour. At any mine where the angle of descent of the slope
    27  averages from five to 15 degrees and its length exceeds 3,000
    28  feet, the employees shall be lowered into and hoisted from the
    29  mine at a speed not to exceed six miles per hour, provided,
    30  however, that when a separate travelingway is provided at any
    20080S0949B1744                 - 124 -    

     1  such slope, the owner or operator may, at the owner's or
     2  operator's option, be exempt from the requirements of this
     3  section if the angle of the travelingway does not exceed 20
     4  degrees.
     5  Section 275.  Mining close to abandoned workings.
     6     The superintendent shall not permit the mining of coal in any
     7  seam the entire distance to a permit boundary, not including
     8  boundaries around reservations or along crop lines, when on the
     9  adjoining property there are mine workings in the seam within
    10  3,000 feet of the permit boundary. A barrier pillar shall be
    11  left, from the operation to the permit boundary, of not less
    12  than ten feet plus two feet for every foot or part of a foot of
    13  thickness of the bed measured from the roof to the floor, plus
    14  five feet for each 100 feet or part of 100 feet of cover over
    15  the bed at the permit boundary. If the coal on one side of the
    16  permit boundary has been mined, prior to the effective date of
    17  this section, closer to the permit boundary than permitted, the
    18  barrier pillar to be left in the mine approaching the permit
    19  boundary shall be at least equal, when added to that already
    20  left in the adjoining mine, to that required on both sides of
    21  the permit boundary. If, in the opinion of the department or the
    22  superintendent of either mining property, the barrier pillar is
    23  deemed insufficient, after due notice to the operator of the
    24  adjoining mining property, one-half of the barrier pillar shall
    25  be left on each side of the permit boundary, except as provided
    26  in this section. The department, the superintendent or owner of
    27  either mining property shall determine the thickness necessary
    28  to afford safety and protection. If it is agreed by the
    29  department and superintendents of the adjoining coal mining
    30  properties that the permit boundary is so located that there is
    20080S0949B1744                 - 125 -    

     1  no danger to property or lives in mining coal on either or both
     2  sides of the permit boundary up to the permit boundary, then
     3  mining to the permit boundary shall be lawful if all danger from
     4  accumulated water and gas shall have first been removed by
     5  driving a passageway to tap and drain off any accumulations of
     6  water and gas, as provided for in this act.
     7  Section 276.  Lubrication and storage of flammable lubricants.
     8     The oiling or greasing of any cars inside any mine is
     9  strictly prohibited unless the place where the oil or grease is
    10  used is thoroughly cleaned at least once a day to prevent the
    11  accumulation of waste oil or grease. Not more than two days'
    12  supply of flammable oil or lubricant shall be stored in any
    13  portion of a mine unless it is kept in a fireproof building or a
    14  structure cut out of solid rock. Oil or grease stored in the
    15  face area shall be kept in approved containers and away from
    16  power wires and electric equipment. Accumulations of spilled oil
    17  or grease shall be rendered harmless. Excessive accumulations
    18  shall be removed from the mine. Closed metal containers shall be
    19  provided for the storage of oily rags or waste until removed for
    20  disposal. If any flammable oil or lubricants are stored
    21  underground, all reasonable safety practices shall be observed
    22  in order to minimize any dangers of fire.
    23  Section 277.  Approved lighting and gas detection devices in
    24                 mines.
    25     (a)  Lighting.--It shall be unlawful to use open lights in
    26  mines, and only approved electric cap lamps, approved
    27  flashlights, approved safety lamps and other approved lighting
    28  equipment shall be used in mines.
    29     (b)  Gas detection devices.--All approved gas detection
    30  devices used for examining mines shall be in the care of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 126 -    

     1  mine foreman or some other competent individual appointed by the
     2  mine foreman, who shall have a duty to examine, test and deliver
     3  them in a safe condition to the individuals when entering the
     4  mine and to receive gas detection devices from the individuals
     5  when returning from work.
     6     (c)  Number of devices.--At every mine, a sufficient number
     7  of approved gas detection devices shall be kept in good
     8  condition for use in case of emergency.
     9     (d)  Entrusting of devices.--No approved gas detection
    10  devices shall be entrusted to any individual for use in a mine
    11  until the individual has given satisfactory evidence to the mine
    12  foreman that he understands the proper use of the gas detection
    13  device and the danger of tampering with the device.
    14     (e)  Duty to return device.--It shall be the duty of every
    15  individual who knows their approved gas detection device is
    16  defective to return it immediately to a mine official.
    17  Section 278.  Unauthorized entry into mine.
    18     Any individual who enters a mine without authorization from
    19  the superintendent commits a misdemeanor of the second degree.
    20  This section shall not be applicable to any individual who
    21  enters a mine in the performance of any duty imposed upon him by
    22  this act.
    23  Section 279.  Passing by or removing danger signals SIGNS.        <--
    24     Except as specifically authorized in this act, no employee or
    25  other individual shall pass by any danger signal SIGN into any    <--
    26  mine, or into any portion of any mine, or remove any danger
    27  signal SIGN before the mine or portion of the mine has been       <--
    28  examined and reported to be safe. Any employee or other
    29  individual shall not pass by any danger signal SIGN placed at     <--
    30  the entrance to a working place, or any other place in the mine,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 127 -    

     1  or remove the danger signal SIGN without permission from the      <--
     2  mine foreman, the assistant mine foreman or the mine examiner.
     3  Section 280.  Miners to remain in work areas.
     4     Each miner shall remain during working hours in the work area
     5  assigned by the mine foreman or the assistant mine foreman.
     6  Section 281.  Sealing openings.
     7     (a)  Permanently abandoned shafts.--Every shaft permanently
     8  abandoned shall be filled for its entire depth. The fill shall
     9  extend from the bottom of the coal seam to a height of 50 feet
    10  with incombustible material.
    11     (b)  Out of service openings.--Every slope, drift or tunnel
    12  permanently taken out of service shall be filled for a distance
    13  of 25 feet with incombustible material.
    14     (c)  Drillholes and boreholes.--All drillholes and boreholes
    15  permanently taken out of service after the effective date of
    16  this act shall be effectively plugged or sealed.
    17     (d)  Openings available for future use.--Every shaft, slope,
    18  drift or tunnel, temporarily taken out of service, which may be
    19  used for future mining purposes shall be properly sealed or
    20  fenced.
    21  Section 282.  Ladders in mines.
    22     Permanently installed ladders in mines that are more than ten
    23  feet in length and set on an angle of 60 degrees or more with
    24  the horizontal shall be provided with substantial backguards,
    25  and all ladders shall be maintained in good repair.
    26  Section 283.  Inside structures to be of incombustible
    27                 materials.
    28     All buildings or structures in any bituminous coal mine shall
    29  be constructed of incombustible materials.
    30  Section 284.  Washhouses.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 128 -    

     1     It shall be the duty of the operator or superintendent of a
     2  mine to provide a suitable building, convenient to the principal
     3  entrance of the mine, for the use of employees of the mine to
     4  wash and change clothes. The building shall be maintained in
     5  good order and be properly lighted and heated, shall be provided
     6  with hot and cold running water and facilities for individuals
     7  to wash and shall include adequate sanitary facilities. The cost
     8  of providing and maintaining the conveniences and facilities
     9  shall be defrayed by the owner or operator of mine.
    10                             CHAPTER 3
    11                        ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
    12  Section 301.  Duties of mine foreman and superintendent.
    13     It shall be the duty of the mine foreman and superintendent
    14  to see that the requirements of this chapter for the
    15  installation and maintenance of electrical equipment are
    16  observed in and around coal mines.
    17  Section 302.  Definitions.
    18     As used in this chapter, the following words and terms shall
    19  have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    21     "Armored cable."  A cable provided with a wrapping of metal,
    22  usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of
    23  mechanical protection.
    24     "Borehole cable."  A cable designed for vertical suspension
    25  in a borehole or shaft and is used for power circuits in a mine.
    26     "Branch circuit."  A tap taken off a main circuit.
    27     "Cable sheath."  A covering consisting of composition tapes,
    28  compound jackets of natural or synthetic rubber, or
    29  thermoplastic or fiber braids applied over the conductor
    30  assembly and insulation of multiple conductor cables.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 129 -    

     1     "Circuit breaker."  A device which may be controlled by
     2  relaying or protective equipment for interrupting a circuit
     3  between separable contacts under normal or abnormal conditions.
     4     "Delta-connected."  A delta-connected power system is one in
     5  which the windings of transformers or AC generators are
     6  connected to form a triangular phase relationship, with the
     7  phase conductors connected to each point of the triangle.
     8     "Difference of potential."  The difference of electrical
     9  pressure or electromotive force existing between any two points
    10  of an electrical system, or between any point of a system and
    11  the earth, as determined by a voltmeter or other suitable
    12  instrument.
    13     "Effectively grounded."  Grounded through a grounding
    14  connection of sufficiently low impedance, inherent or
    15  intentionally added, or both, so that fault grounds which may
    16  occur cannot build up voltages in excess of limits established
    17  for apparatus, circuits or systems so grounded.
    18     "Electrical face equipment."  Mobile or portable mining
    19  machinery having electric motors or accessory equipment normally
    20  installed or operated inby the last open crosscut in any entry
    21  or room.
    22     "Electric system."  All electric equipment and circuits that
    23  pertain to the operation of the mine and are under control of
    24  the mine management.
    25     "Explosion-proof or flame-proof."  Casings or enclosures
    26  which, when completely filled with a mixture of methane and air
    27  and the same exploded, are capable of either entirely confining
    28  the products of the explosion within the casing or discharging
    29  them from the casing so that they cannot ignite a mixture of
    30  methane and air, combined in proportions most sensitive to
    20080S0949B1744                 - 130 -    

     1  ignition and entirely surrounding the points of discharge, and
     2  in most intimate proximity with the points of discharge.
     3     "Flame-resistant cable."  A cable that meets the MSHA testing
     4  requirements for flame resistance and has been assigned an
     5  approval. A cable shall also be considered flame-resistant if it
     6  meets the criteria for flame resistance by a nationally
     7  recognized testing lab that is equivalent to the MSHA testing
     8  criteria and that is appropriately identified. All flame-
     9  resistant cables used underground shall have the approval number
    10  embossed or indented on the jacket at intervals not to exceed 12
    11  feet.
    12     "Ground."  A conducting connection, whether intentional or
    13  accidental, between an electric circuit or equipment and earth
    14  or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth.
    15     "Grounding conductor."  A metallic conductor used to connect
    16  the metal frame or enclosure of an equipment, device or wiring
    17  system with an effective grounding medium.
    18     "High voltage."  Voltage higher than 1,000 volts nominal.
    19     "Lightning arrestor."  A protective device for limiting surge
    20  voltages on equipment by discharging or bypassing surge current
    21  and for preventing continued flow of current to ground.
    22     "Low voltage."  Voltage up to 660 volts nominal.
    23     "Machine operator."  An individual who possesses a machine
    24  runners certification and is placed in charge of a portable or
    25  mobile face machine of any sort where a gas examination is
    26  required under this act or regulations promulgated under this
    27  act.
    28     "Medium voltage."  Voltage from 661 to 1,000 volts nominal.
    29     "Mine power center."  A combined transformer and distribution
    30  unit which may include a rectifier, complete within a metal
    20080S0949B1744                 - 131 -    

     1  enclosure, from which one or more low-voltage, medium-voltage or
     2  high-voltage power circuits are taken.
     3     "Neutral."  A neutral point of connection established through
     4  the use of a grounding or zig-zag transformer with a normally
     5  ungrounded delta power system.
     6     "Neutral point."  The connection point of transformer or
     7  generator windings from which the voltage to ground is nominally
     8  zero and is the point generally used for system grounding in a
     9  wye-connected AC power system.
    10     Nonmetallic armor."  A tough outer covering or cable sheath
    11  of rubber, rubber compound or thermoplastic designed to protect
    12  the cable conductors and insulation from abrasion or other
    13  damage from external sources.
    14     "Portable trailing cable."  A flexible cable or cord used for
    15  connecting mobile, portable or stationary equipment in mines to
    16  a trolley system or other external source of electric energy
    17  where permanent mine wiring is prohibited or impracticable.
    18     "Potential of a circuit."  The voltage of a circuit machine
    19  or any piece of electrical apparatus is the potential difference
    20  normally existing between the conductors of such circuit or the
    21  terminals of the machine or apparatus.
    22     "Primary ground."  A low impedance ground bed or system
    23  consisting of several interconnected ground rods or buried
    24  conducting mesh, or both, located near an outdoor substation and
    25  used as a lightning arrestor or station ground or, separately,
    26  as a basic ground for one conductor of a power transmission or
    27  distribution system. A single ground rod of any length is not
    28  considered a primary ground.
    29     "Protection."  Fuses or other suitable automatic circuit-
    30  interrupting devices for preventing damage to circuits,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 132 -    

     1  equipment and personnel by abnormal conditions, such as over-
     2  current, high or low voltage and single phasing.
     3     "Rectifiers."  Alternating current to direct-current power
     4  conversion devices of the mercury-arc, silicon, selenium or
     5  other type.
     6     "Shielded cable." A cable in which the insulated conductor is
     7  covered with a conductive material for the purpose of clearing
     8  ground faults.
     9     "Voltage."  The phase-to-phase or line-to-line root-mean-
    10  square value assigned to a circuit or system for designation as
    11  its voltage class. Actual voltage at which the circuit or
    12  systems operated may vary from the normal voltage with a range,
    13  which permits satisfactory operation of the equipment. The
    14  difference of electrical pressure or electromotive force
    15  existing between any two points of an electrical system, or
    16  between any point of a system and earth, as determined by a volt
    17  meter or other instrument. The term shall be synonymous with the
    18  term potential and shall mean electrical pressure.
    19     "Wye-connected."  A system in which one end of each phase
    20  winding of transformers or AC generators are connected together
    21  to form a neutral point, and the other ends of the windings are
    22  connected to the phase conductors.
    23     "Zig-zag transformer."  A three-phase transformer used to
    24  provide a neutral point on delta systems and capable of carrying
    25  continuously the maximum ground fault current of the system.
    26  Section 303.  Plan of electrical system.
    27     A plan shall be kept at the mine showing the location of all
    28  stationary electrical apparatus in connection with the mine
    29  electrical system, including permanent cables, conductors,
    30  switches and trolley lines. The plan shall be of sufficient size
    20080S0949B1744                 - 133 -    

     1  to show clearly the position of the apparatus, and the scale
     2  shall not be less than 500 feet per inch. There shall be stated
     3  on the plan the capacity in horsepower of each motor, and in
     4  kilowatts of each generator, rectifier or transformer, and the
     5  nature of its duty. The plans shall be corrected as often as may
     6  be necessary to keep them up to date or at intervals not
     7  exceeding six months.
     8  Section 304.  Protection against shock.
     9     (a)  Electrical work.--No electrical work shall be performed
    10  on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-voltage distribution
    11  circuits or equipment except by a qualified individual or by an
    12  individual trained to perform electrical work and to maintain
    13  electrical equipment under the direct supervision of a qualified
    14  individual. Disconnecting devices shall be locked out and
    15  suitably tagged by the individuals who perform the work, except
    16  that in cases where locking out is not possible, the devices
    17  shall be opened and suitably tagged by such individuals. Locks
    18  or tags shall be removed only by the individual who installed
    19  them or, if the individuals are unavailable, by an individual
    20  authorized by the operator or the operator's agent.
    21     (b)  Insulating materials.--Mats of rubber, insulated
    22  platform or other suitable insulating materials shall be
    23  provided at all stationary transformers, rectifiers, motors and
    24  generators and their controls, except portable and mobile
    25  equipment. Gloves or mats of rubber or other suitable insulating
    26  material shall be provided by the operator and used by qualified
    27  individuals when energized parts of electrical apparatus have to
    28  be handled for the purpose of adjustment.
    29  Section 305.  Restoration from shock.
    30     Instruction shall be posted in every generating, transforming
    20080S0949B1744                 - 134 -    

     1  and motor room and at the entrance to the mine containing
     2  directions as to the restoration of individuals suffering from
     3  electric shock. All employees working in connection with
     4  electrical apparatus shall be familiar with and competent to
     5  carry out the instructions.
     6  Section 306.  Report of defective equipment.
     7     In the event of a breakdown or damage or injury to any
     8  portion of the electrical equipment in a mine, overheating, the
     9  appearance of sparks or arcs outside enclosed casings or in the
    10  event of any portion of the equipment not a part of the
    11  electrical circuit becoming energized, the equipment shall be
    12  disconnected from its source of power, the occurrence shall be
    13  promptly reported to a mine official and the equipment shall not
    14  be used again until necessary repairs are made.
    15  Section 307.  Damage or alteration to mine electrical system.
    16     No individual shall willfully damage or without authority
    17  alter or make connections to any portion of a mine electrical
    18  system.
    19  Section 308.  Capacity.
    20     All electrical apparatus and conductors shall be sufficient
    21  in size and power for the work they may be called upon to do
    22  and, as prescribed in this act, be efficiently covered or
    23  safeguarded. The electrical apparatus and conductors shall be
    24  installed, operated and maintained to reduce danger from
    25  accidental shock or fire to the minimum and shall be constructed
    26  and operated so that the rise in temperature caused by ordinary
    27  operation will not injure the insulating materials. Where these
    28  conditions are not met, affected equipment shall be removed from
    29  service until corrective action is taken.
    30  Section 309.  Joints in conductors.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 135 -    

     1     All joints in conductors shall be mechanically and
     2  electrically efficient. Suitable connectors or screw clamps
     3  shall be used. All joints in insulated wire shall, after the
     4  joint is complete, be reinsulated to at least the same extent as
     5  the remainder of the wire.
     6  Section 310.  Cables entering fittings.
     7     The exposed ends of cables where they enter fittings of any
     8  description shall be protected and finished off so that moisture
     9  cannot enter the cable, or the insulating material, if of an
    10  oily or viscous nature, leak. Where unarmored cables or wires
    11  pass through metal frames or into boxes or motor casings, the
    12  holes shall be substantially bushed with insulating bushings
    13  and, where necessary or required, with gas-tight bushings which
    14  cannot readily become displaced.
    15  Section 311.  Switches, fuses and circuit breakers.
    16     (a)  Construction.--Fuses and automatic circuit breakers
    17  shall be constructed as to effectively interrupt the current on
    18  short circuit or when the current through them exceeds a
    19  predetermined value. Open type fuses shall be provided with
    20  terminals. Circuit breakers shall be of adequate interrupting
    21  capacity.
    22     (b)  Trip setting.--Circuit breakers used to protect feeder
    23  circuits shall be set to trip when the current exceeds by more
    24  than 50% of the rated capacity of the feeder. In case the feeder
    25  is subjected to overloads sufficient to trip the circuit breaker
    26  but of short duration, the circuit breaker may be equipped with
    27  a device which will prevent its acting unless the overload
    28  persists for period longer than ten seconds. Trip current shall
    29  be indicated at the circuit breaker.
    30     (c)  Fuses.--Fuses shall be stamped or marked or shall have a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 136 -    

     1  label attached indicating the maximum current which they are
     2  intended to carry. Fuses shall only be adjusted or replaced by a
     3  competent individual authorized by the mine foreman.
     4     (d)  Protective fuses.--Fuses used to protect feeders shall
     5  be a less current rating than the feeder.
     6     (e)  Incombustible base requirement.--All switches, circuit
     7  breakers and fuses shall have incombustible bases.
     8  Section 312.  Lightning protection.
     9     If the surface transmission lines of low voltage or medium
    10  voltage from the generating station are overhead, there shall be
    11  lightning arrestors installed at the generating station. If the
    12  distance from the generating station to the point where the line
    13  enters the mine is more than 500 feet, an additional arrestor
    14  shall be installed at that point.
    15  Section 313.  Underground power supply.
    16     (a)  Ground detectors.--All underground systems of
    17  distribution that are completely insulated from earth shall be
    18  equipped with properly installed ground detectors of suitable
    19  design which will trip the circuit breaker when a ground fault
    20  is detected. The ground detectors shall be maintained in working
    21  condition.
    22     (b)  Protection of circuits leading underground.--
    23         (1)  In every completely insulated feeder circuit in
    24     excess of 25 kilowatts capacity, leading underground and
    25     operating at a potential not exceeding the limits of medium
    26     voltage, there shall be provided above ground a circuit
    27     breaker arranged to open simultaneously each ungrounded
    28     conductor. In addition, a positive disconnect means shall be
    29     installed outby the circuit breaker. Overload protection
    30     shall be provided to open the circuit breaker in case of
    20080S0949B1744                 - 137 -    

     1     overload on any conductor. Fuses may be substituted for
     2     circuit breakers in circuits transmitting 25 kilowatts or
     3     less. Each power circuit in excess of 50 kilowatts leading
     4     underground shall be provided with a suitable ammeter.
     5         (2)  Every alternating current feeder circuit leading
     6     underground and operating at a potential exceeding the limits
     7     of medium voltage shall be provided above ground with a
     8     suitable circuit breaker. The breaker shall be equipped with
     9     automatic overload trip, arranged to open simultaneously each
    10     ungrounded power-carrying conductor. Each circuit shall also
    11     be provided with a suitable ammeter.
    12     (c)  Cables in shafts, slopes and boreholes.--
    13         (1)  All cables passing underground through inclines,
    14     boreholes and shafts shall be installed in a manner that will
    15     prevent undue strain in the sheath, insulation or conductors
    16     and damage by chafing of cables against each other or against
    17     the borehole casing or shaft. All ungrounded power conductors
    18     in shafts, boreholes and inclines shall be covered with
    19     suitable insulating materials and installed to provide a
    20     minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Conductors shall be
    21     securely fastened and properly supported out of contact with
    22     combustible materials. When the weight, length and
    23     construction of a cable are such that suspension from its
    24     upper end only would subject the cable to possible damage, it
    25     shall be supported at intervals necessary to prevent undue
    26     strains in the sheath, insulation and conductors and to
    27     provide a minimum tensile factor of safety of five. Adequate
    28     protection shall be provided so that no damage can result
    29     from water, electrolysis, moving cages, skips, ice, coal or
    30     other falling or moving materials.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 138 -    

     1         (2)  Installation of direct-current and alternating-
     2     current cables carrying in excess of 25 kilowatts in the same
     3     borehole shall require approval of the department.
     4     (d)  High-voltage underground transmission systems.--High-
     5  voltage conductors or cables leading underground and extending
     6  underground shall be of the flame-resistant type with either a
     7  rubber, plastic or armor sheath meeting the requirements of the
     8  department for flame resistance. When the cable is fed by high-
     9  voltage systems other than that described in this chapter, it
    10  shall be either metallic armored, installed in rigid steel
    11  conduit or buried one foot below combustible material. When
    12  circuit and protective requirements are met, the cable
    13  construction and method of installation may be that described in
    14  this chapter. Cables shall be adequate for the intended current
    15  and voltage. Splices made in cable shall provide continuity of
    16  all components and shall be made in accordance with cable
    17  manufacturers' recommendations. A competent individual
    18  designated by the mine electrician shall supervise the making of
    19  the splices.
    20     (e)  Braid covered cable.--
    21         (1)  No power wires or cables having what is commonly
    22     termed as weatherproof insulation or insulation consisting of
    23     braided covering, which is susceptible to moisture absorption
    24     from the outer surface to the conductor, shall be installed
    25     in a mine.
    26         (2)  All insulated power cables purchased for use in a
    27     mine shall be protected by a flame-resistant jacket and
    28     assigned an approval number unless either armored or
    29     installed in rigid steel conduit, a metal enclosure or a
    30     fireproof room.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 139 -    

     1     (f)  Ventilation.--
     2         (1)  Bare power conductors shall not be installed in an
     3     air current that has passed through or by the first working
     4     place in the air split.
     5         (2)  High-voltage transmission cable, high-voltage motors
     6     and high-voltage transformers shall not be installed in any
     7     air current that has passed through or by the first working
     8     place in the air split.
     9     (g)  Underground cables in haulage roads.--
    10         (1)  Where the cables or feed wires, other than trolley
    11     wires, in main haulage roads cannot be kept at least 12
    12     inches from any part of a mine car or locomotive, they shall
    13     be specially protected by proper guards.
    14         (2)  Cables and wires, except trailing or portable cables
    15     or bare return cables, shall be installed on roofs, ribs,
    16     walls or timbers by means of efficient insulators. All
    17     electric cables constantly kept in rooms or pillars or other
    18     work areas shall be carried on suitable supports to within 70
    19     feet of the face of each work area. In no instance shall the
    20     method of support damage the cable jacket or armor.
    21         (3)  When main or other roads are being repaired or
    22     blasting is being carried on, suitable temporary protection
    23     from damage shall be given to the cables.
    24         (4)  All other wires, except telephone, shot-firing and
    25     signal wires, shall be on the same side of the road as the
    26     trolley wire.
    27         (5)  Haulage block signal circuits and other control
    28     circuits powered from the trolley shall be located on the
    29     same side of the road as the trolley.
    30     (h)  Branch circuit protection.--When the potential of a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 140 -    

     1  branch circuit exceeds the limit of medium voltage, it shall be
     2  protected by a circuit breaker, except as otherwise permitted
     3  under section 331(h). The circuit breaker shall be equipped with
     4  an automatic overload trip arranged to open simultaneously each
     5  ungrounded power carrying conductor. Provisions for positive
     6  disconnection of the branch circuit shall be included.
     7     (i)  Underground transformer and substation rooms.--
     8         (1)  Any motor-generator, rectifier except those
     9     described in subsection (r), rotary converter or oil-filled
    10     transformer installed in a mine shall be enclosed in a
    11     fireproof chamber of masonry or in an effectively grounded
    12     approved steel structure. These buildings shall be provided
    13     with automatically closing fire doors, but the automatic
    14     features of fire doors may be omitted if a substation
    15     attendant is employed. The openings of the doors shall be
    16     safeguarded by grillwork so that only authorized individuals
    17     may enter the room. No electrical equipment containing
    18     inflammable material shall be placed within eight feet of a
    19     door or opening in the underground building. All underground
    20     substations containing rotary machinery shall have an
    21     attendant constantly on duty while rotating machinery is in
    22     operation, unless adequate control and protection of the
    23     equipment is assured by the use of suitable automatic
    24     devices. No transformer, circuit breaker, controller or other
    25     device containing more than 20 gallons of inflammable liquid
    26     shall be placed in any underground substation. A separate
    27     split of air shall adequately ventilate the substation. No
    28     substation shall be built in any mine until the location,
    29     material, construction and method of ventilation for the
    30     substation has received the approval of the department.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 141 -    

     1         (2)  Main and distribution switch and fuse boards shall
     2     be made of incombustible, moisture-resistant, insulating
     3     material and fixed in as dry a situation as practicable or
     4     shall be of suitable metal construction, exposed portions of
     5     which shall be effectively grounded. All switches, circuit
     6     breakers, rheostats, fuses and instruments used in connection
     7     with underground motor-generators, rotary-converters, high-
     8     voltage motors, transformers, and low-voltage and medium-
     9     voltage motors of more than 50 horsepower or 50 KVA capacity
    10     shall be installed upon a suitable switchboard or in a metal-
    11     clad switchgear structure. Similar equipment for low-voltage
    12     and medium-voltage motors of 50 horsepower and less may be
    13     separately installed if mounted upon insulating bases of
    14     suitable material or effectively metal clad.
    15     (j)  Clearances.--
    16         (1)  In underground stations where switchboards are
    17     installed, there shall be a passageway in front of the
    18     switchboard not less than three feet in width, and, if there
    19     are any high-voltage connections at the back of the
    20     switchboard, any passageway behind the switchboard shall not
    21     be less than three feet. The floor at the back of the
    22     switchboard shall be properly floored and insulated with
    23     nonconducting material, accessible from each end. In the case
    24     of high-voltage, switchboards shall be kept locked, but the
    25     lock shall allow the door being opened from the inside
    26     without the use of a key.
    27         (2)  Where the supply is at a voltage exceeding the
    28     limits of medium voltage, there shall be no live metal work
    29     on the front of the main switchboard within seven feet of the
    30     floor or platform, and the space provided under paragraph (1)
    20080S0949B1744                 - 142 -    

     1     shall not be less than four feet. Insulating floors or mats
     2     shall be provided for medium-voltage boards where live metal
     3     work is on the front.
     4     (k)  Transformers.--The primary of each underground power
     5  transformer shall be protected by a suitable circuit breaker
     6  equipped with automatic overload trip arranged to open
     7  simultaneously each ungrounded power conductor. The primary of a
     8  transformer of less than 25 KVA capacity operated at a potential
     9  lower than high voltage may be protected by fuses. When a
    10  transformer is the only load on a branch circuit, the branch
    11  circuit protection can be considered the transformer protection.
    12     (l)  Outgoing feeder protection.--Main circuits leaving
    13  underground substations or transformer stations shall be
    14  protected by circuit breakers.
    15     (m)  Grounding.--All metallic coverings, metal armoring of
    16  cables and the frames and bedplates of generators, transformers
    17  and motors shall be effectively grounded.
    18     (n)  Identification of hazard.--All high-voltage machines and
    19  apparatus shall be marked to clearly indicate that they are
    20  dangerous, by the use of the words "Danger, High Voltage."
    21     (o)  Protection of terminals.--All terminals on machines,
    22  motors or equipment over medium-voltage underground shall be
    23  protected with insulating covers or metal covers effectively
    24  connected to the ground.
    25     (p)  Unauthorized individuals.--No individual, other than one
    26  authorized by the mine foreman or mine electrician, shall enter
    27  a station or transformer room or interfere with the working of
    28  any connected apparatus.
    29     (q)  Fire protection.--Rock dust or fire extinguishers
    30  suitable for extinguishing electrical fires shall be kept ready
    20080S0949B1744                 - 143 -    

     1  for immediate use at electrical stations and transformer rooms.
     2     (r)  Fireproof rectifiers and transformers.--A portable
     3  rectifier with a dry-type transformer, except those using pumped
     4  tubes or glass bulb mercury arc tubes or a dry-type transformer
     5  designed for underground use with adequate automatic electrical
     6  protection and substantially of fireproof construction, fully
     7  metal clad, which will not be in the same location in excess of
     8  one year, may be installed in any intake air current, not beyond
     9  the last open crosscut and not closer than 250 feet along the
    10  air route to pillar workings. The location where the fireproof
    11  rectifier or transformer is installed need not be made fireproof
    12  with masonry or steel, but shall be equipped with doors,
    13  grillwork or otherwise to prevent entry or access by
    14  unauthorized individuals.
    15  Section 314.  Storage battery equipment.
    16     (a)  General rule.--All storage battery equipment and
    17  charging stations shall be designed, operated and ventilated so
    18  that gas from the batteries will be safely diluted. Storage
    19  battery charging stations shall be on a separate split of air.
    20     (b)  Flammable materials.--The presence of flammable
    21  materials is not permitted in any storage battery room or
    22  charging station. Signs to this effect shall be posted in all
    23  battery rooms or charging stations.
    24     (c)  Use in face areas.--Storage battery-operated equipment
    25  may be used in face areas when all electrical parts that are
    26  practicable to enclose are enclosed in explosion-proof casings
    27  and the batteries are adequately ventilated.
    28  Section 315.  (Reserved).
    29  Section 316.  Electrical equipment.
    30     (a)  Voltage restriction.--Hand-held tools shall be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 144 -    

     1  restricted to a maximum of 300 volts.
     2     (b)  Grounding.--The frame of all off-track equipment shall
     3  be effectively grounded through a safety ground conductor in its
     4  trailing cable.
     5     (c)  Hand-held tools.--Electric drills and other electrically
     6  operated rotating tools intended to be hand held shall be
     7  equipped with an integrally mounted electric switch designed to
     8  break the circuit when the hand releases the switch.
     9     (d)  Trailing cables.--
    10         (1)  Trailing cables for equipment shall be safely and
    11     efficiently insulated and constructed with an outer sheath or
    12     jacket of flame-resistant material as approved by the
    13     department.
    14         (2)  Cables for hand-held tools shall be especially
    15     flexible, heavily insulated and effectively protected from
    16     damage.
    17         (3)  Each trailing cable on mobile equipment in use shall
    18     be examined within two hours of the beginning of each shift
    19     by the machine operator for abrasions and other defects. The
    20     machine operator shall also carefully observe the trailing
    21     cable while in use and shall immediately report any defect to
    22     the mine official in charge.
    23         (4)  In the event of the trailing cable in service
    24     breaking down or becoming damaged in any way, or of it
    25     inflicting a shock upon any individual, it shall be put out
    26     of service at once. The faulty cable shall not be used again
    27     until it has been repaired and tested by a properly
    28     authorized individual.
    29         (5)  The trailing cable shall be divided at the machine
    30     to which it is supplying power, but only for such length as
    20080S0949B1744                 - 145 -    

     1     is necessary for making connection to the machine terminals.
     2     The trailing cable, with its outer covering complete, shall
     3     be securely clamped to the machine frame in a manner that
     4     will protect the cable from injury and prevent any mechanical
     5     strains on the single ends connected to the machine
     6     terminals.
     7         (6)  No more than five temporary splices shall be made in
     8     any trailing cable. After the fifth splice is made, the cable
     9     shall be changed before the machine is operated on the
    10     following shift. Trailing cables on equipment without a cable
    11     reel shall have no temporary splices within 50 feet of the
    12     machine before the machine is operated on the following
    13     shift. Cable jacket repairs not involving conductors or
    14     conductor insulation are not considered temporary splices.
    15         (7)  Trailing cables shall be hung or adequately
    16     protected to prevent them from being run over and damaged by
    17     mobile machinery.
    18         (8)  Trailing cables on off-track equipment shall contain
    19     a safety ground conductor, which shall be solidly connected
    20     to the machine frame. Cables found to contain defective
    21     grounds shall be repaired before use or shall be replaced.
    22     The safety ground conductor shall have a cross-sectional area
    23     of at least 50% of that of a single power conductor unless
    24     used with ground trip protective systems employing ground
    25     fault current limiting devices, in which case a smaller
    26     safety ground may be used.
    27     (e)  Motors.--In all mines electrical equipment in use inby
    28  the last open crosscut shall have all current-carrying parts
    29  completely enclosed in explosion-proof enclosures. This
    30  requirement shall not include trailing cable, except where
    20080S0949B1744                 - 146 -    

     1  terminated, and shall not include flexible cable as required
     2  between motors, controllers, terminal boxes and other
     3  auxiliaries. The enclosures shall not be opened except by an
     4  authorized individual and then only when the power is switched
     5  off. The power shall not be switched on while the enclosures are
     6  open. Only permissible equipment is permitted inby the last
     7  permanent stopping, except in rooms where open-type equipment
     8  may be used only in intake travelways. This exception does not
     9  include power distribution equipment.
    10     (f)  Safeguarding.--The individual in charge of mobile
    11  electrical equipment shall not leave the equipment while it is
    12  working and shall, before leaving the work area, see that power
    13  is cut off the trailing cables.
    14     (g)  Explosion-tested compartments.--All explosion-tested
    15  compartments and packing glands shall be maintained as approved
    16  by the department.
    17     (h)  Detection of gas.--
    18         (1)  In working places, an approved hand-held gas
    19     detection device shall be provided for use with each machine
    20     when working. If methane gas is detected in an amount of 1%
    21     or greater, the individual in charge shall immediately stop
    22     the machine, cut off the current at the nearest switch and
    23     report the matter to a mine official.
    24         (2)  When not in use, equipment shall be parked away from
    25     the face. No electrically operated permissible face equipment
    26     shall be taken inby the last open breakthrough until the
    27     machine operator assures that an inspection for gas has been
    28     made in the place where the machine is to be in operation. If
    29     methane gas is detected in an amount of 1% or greater by a
    30     gas detection device, the machine shall not be taken in. The
    20080S0949B1744                 - 147 -    

     1     place shall be dangered off until the gas has been removed or
     2     rendered harmless.
     3         (3)  No electrically operated equipment shall be in use
     4     for a period longer than 20 minutes without a check for
     5     methane gas as required under this subsection. If methane gas
     6     is found at 1% or greater, the individual in charge shall
     7     immediately stop the machine, cut off the current at the
     8     nearest switch and report the matter to a mine official.
     9         (4)  The individual finding gas shall at once report the
    10     fact to the mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine
    11     examiner, and the machine shall not again be started in that
    12     place until the mine examiner or an individual duly
    13     authorized by the mine foreman has examined it and pronounced
    14     it safe.
    15         (5)  If any electric sparking or arc is produced outside
    16     a coal-cutting or other portable motor, or by the cables or
    17     rails, the machine shall be stopped, disconnected from the
    18     power supply and not be worked again until the defect is
    19     repaired and the occurrence shall be reported to a mine
    20     official.
    21     (i)  Methane monitors.--
    22         (1)  Methane monitors shall be installed on all face-
    23     cutting machines and other mechanized equipment used to
    24     extract or load coal in a mine. The sensing device for
    25     methane monitors shall be installed at the return end of the
    26     longwall face. An additional sensing device shall also be
    27     installed on the longwall shearing machine, down wind and as
    28     close to the cutting head as is practicable. The sensing
    29     devices for methane on other types of machines shall be
    30     installed as close to the working face as is practicable.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 148 -    

     1     Methane monitors shall be maintained in permissible and
     2     proper operating conditions and shall be calibrated with a
     3     known air-methane mixture at least once every 31 days. To
     4     assure that methane monitors are properly maintained and
     5     calibrated, the operators shall do all of the following:
     6             (i)  Use individuals properly trained in the
     7         maintenance, calibration and permissibility of methane
     8         monitors to calibrate and maintain the devices.
     9             (ii)  Maintain a record of all calibration tests of
    10         methane monitors. Records shall be maintained in a secure
    11         book that is not susceptible to alteration or
    12         electronically in a computer system so as to be secure
    13         and not subject to alteration.
    14             (iii)  Retain the record of calibration tests for one
    15         year from the date of the test. Records shall be retained
    16         at a surface location at the mine and made available to
    17         department representatives and representatives of the
    18         mine workers.
    19         (2)  When the methane concentrations at any methane
    20     monitor reach 1%, the monitor shall give a warning signal.
    21     The warning signal of the methane monitor shall be visible to
    22     the mining machine operator, who can de-energize electric
    23     equipment or shut down diesel equipment on which the monitor
    24     is mounted. A gas check shall be completed in accordance with
    25     this act if at any time the methane concentrations at any
    26     methane monitor reach 1.5%. This shall only apply if the
    27     methane monitor maintains a warning signal for methane
    28     concentrations of 1.5%.
    29         (3)  The methane monitor shall automatically de-energize
    30     electric equipment or shut down diesel-powered equipment when
    20080S0949B1744                 - 149 -    

     1     the methane accumulation reaches 2% or the methane monitor is
     2     not operating properly.
     3  Section 317.  Inspection of equipment.
     4     (a)  Inspection required.--All electrical equipment shall be
     5  inspected by the mine electrician or individual designated by
     6  the mine electrician weekly and, where necessary, shall be
     7  cleaned and repaired.
     8     (b)  Removal of coal dust.--All electric motors and cables in
     9  mechanical sections shall have all excessive coal dust removed
    10  from their exterior surfaces once each operating shift.
    11  Section 318.  Stationary motors.
    12     Every stationary motor underground, together with its
    13  starting equipment, shall be protected by a fuse or circuit-
    14  breaking device on each ungrounded pole and by switches arranged
    15  to entirely cut off the power from the motor. The devices shall
    16  be installed in a convenient position near the motor, and every
    17  stationary underground motor of 100 brake horsepower or over
    18  shall be provided with a suitable meter to indicate the load on
    19  the machine.
    20  Section 319.  Permanent underground installation.
    21     All electrical equipment not covered elsewhere under this
    22  act, and except room hoists and gathering pumps which will
    23  remain in the same location for a period of one year or more,
    24  shall be completely housed in an incombustible structure built
    25  of tile, brick, stone, concrete or grounded steel plates not
    26  less than one-eighth inch in thickness, securely joined.
    27  Section 320.  Underground illumination.
    28     (a)  Sockets.--In all mines, the sockets of fixed electric
    29  lamps shall be of so-called weatherproof type, the exterior of
    30  which shall be entirely nonmetallic. Flexible lamp cord
    20080S0949B1744                 - 150 -    

     1  connections are prohibited, except for portable lamps as
     2  provided under subsection (c).
     3     (b)  Lamps.--Electric lamps shall be placed so they cannot
     4  come in contact with combustible material.
     5     (c)  Portable electric lamps.--Portable electric lamps, other
     6  than battery lamps, shall not be used in connection with the
     7  repair and inspection of machines and equipment in face areas.
     8  When used elsewhere, they shall be protected by a heavy wire
     9  cage completely enclosing both lamp and socket and shall be
    10  provided with a handle to which both cage and socket are firmly
    11  attached and through which the lead-in wires are carried.
    12     (d)  Electric lamp enclosure.--Electric lamps, when used in
    13  face areas of any mine, shall be installed in explosion-proof
    14  enclosures.
    15     (e)  Electric lamp replacement.--Electric lamps shall be
    16  replaced by a competent individual. In face areas, a qualified
    17  individual shall be utilized after an examination for gas has
    18  been made with an approved gas detection device.
    19     (f)  Underground photography.--Underground photography using
    20  flash bulbs or other sources of artificial illumination shall be
    21  prohibited unless immediately preceded by an examination for gas
    22  by a mine foreman, assistant mine foreman or mine examiner and
    23  the place found safe.
    24  Section 321.  Telephones and signaling.
    25     (a)  Telephone service.--Telephone service or equivalent two-
    26  way communication facilities shall be provided in all mines
    27  between the surface and each working section that is more than
    28  1,500 feet from the main portal.
    29     (b)  Telephone lines.--Telephone lines shall be carried on
    30  insulators, installed on the opposite side from power or trolley
    20080S0949B1744                 - 151 -    

     1  wires and insulated adequately where they cross power or trolley
     2  wires.
     3     (c)  Lightning arrestors.--Lightning arrestors shall be
     4  provided at points where telephone circuits enter the mine.
     5     (d)  Telephone cables.--Telephone cables permanently
     6  installed in power boreholes containing unarmored power cables
     7  shall be either armored or protected at top and bottom by
     8  insulating transformers.
     9     (e)  Precautions.--All proper precautions shall be taken to
    10  prevent electric signal and telephone wires from coming into
    11  contact with other electric conductors, whether insulated or
    12  not.
    13     (f)  Standards generally.--Bells, wires, insulators, contact
    14  makers and other apparatus used in connection with electric
    15  signaling underground shall be of suitable design and of
    16  substantial and reliable construction and erected in such a
    17  manner as to reduce the liability of failures or false signals
    18  to a minimum.
    19     (g)  Potential.--In the face areas of any mine, the potential
    20  used for signal purposes shall not exceed 24 volts, and bare
    21  wires shall not be used for signal circuits.
    22     (h)  Voltage on signal circuits.--The voltage on signal
    23  circuits confined to intake air and using insulated conductors
    24  may be greater than 24 volts, but shall not exceed 125 volts
    25  average. This shall not apply to haulage block signal systems.
    26  Section 322.  Grounding.
    27     (a)  General rule.--In a direct-current electrical system,
    28  grounding shall consist in so connecting any part of an
    29  electrical system, including frames, to the earth that there
    30  shall be no difference of potential between them.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 152 -    

     1     (b)  Negative side to be grounded.--Only the negative side of
     2  the direct-current circuit shall be grounded.
     3     (c)  Rectifier diodes.--Rectifier diodes used at any
     4  bituminous coal mine shall be connected to the supply circuit
     5  through an isolating winding in order that isolation between
     6  alternating current and direct-current systems is effective.
     7     (d)  Initial installation.--The initial installation of
     8  rectifiers at any bituminous coal mine shall be approved by the
     9  department before being energized.
    10  Section 323.  Voltage limitation.
    11     In no case shall the potential used in the trolley system be
    12  higher than 600 volts.
    13  Section 324.  Incoming feeder-disconnect switches.
    14     Disconnecting switches shall be installed underground in all
    15  main direct-current power circuits within 500 feet of the bottom
    16  of shafts, boreholes or at other places where main power
    17  circuits enter a mine.
    18  Section 325.  Bonding.
    19     Where air or water pipes parallel the grounded return of
    20  power circuits, the return shall be securely bonded to the pipes
    21  at frequent intervals to eliminate the possibility of a
    22  difference of voltage between rails and pipes and to prevent
    23  electrolysis of the pipes. The rail return shall be of
    24  sufficient capacity for the current used, independent of the
    25  capacity of the pipes. On main haulage roads, both rails shall
    26  be bonded, except welded track, and cross bonds shall be placed
    27  at points not to exceed 200 feet apart. On secondary haulage
    28  roads, one rail shall be bonded continuously.
    29  Section 326.  Trolley installation.
    30     (a)  Trolley wires and feeder lines.--All trolley wires and
    20080S0949B1744                 - 153 -    

     1  feeder lines installed on underground haulage roads shall be
     2  placed as far to one side of the passageway as is practicable,
     3  but not less than six inches outside of line of rail, and
     4  securely supported upon hangers which shall not be more than 24
     5  feet apart and efficiently insulated.
     6     (b)  Prohibition.--In all mines, trolley and feeder wires
     7  shall not extend beyond the last open crosscut and shall be kept
     8  at least 150 feet from open pillar workings.
     9     (c)  Switches or circuit breakers.--All branch trolley lines
    10  shall be fitted with either a trolley switch, circuit breaker or
    11  section insulator and line switch or some other device that will
    12  allow the current to be shut off from the branch headings.
    13  Switches or circuit breakers shall be provided on haulage roads
    14  to de-energize all trolley and feeder lines at intervals not to
    15  exceed 2,000 feet.
    16  Section 327.  Connections to trolley.
    17     (a)  Permanent connections.--All permanent connections to
    18  trolley feeder circuits shall be made with suitable mechanical
    19  connectors. No temporary or permanent connection shall be
    20  wrapped or tied.
    21     (b)  Temporary connections.--Temporary connections for
    22  portable equipment may be made through fused trolley taps.
    23     (c)  Safety ground and negative connections.--Safety ground
    24  and negative connections for temporary or permanent
    25  installations shall be made at two separate points, at least six
    26  inches apart, and shall be made directly to the track, a bond or
    27  the system ground.
    28  Section 328.  Guarding.
    29     At all landings and partings or other places where
    30  individuals are required to regularly work or pass under trolley
    20080S0949B1744                 - 154 -    

     1  or other bare power wires, which are placed less than six and
     2  one-half feet above top of rail, a suitable protection shall be
     3  provided. This protection shall consist of placing boards along
     4  the wire, which boards shall not be more than five inches apart
     5  nor less than two inches below the lowest point of the wire. The
     6  distance between boards on curves may exceed five inches, but
     7  shall not exceed eight inches. This does not prohibit the use of
     8  other approved devices or methods furnishing equal or better
     9  protection.
    10  Section 329.  Locomotives.
    11     (a)  Electric haulage.--Electric haulage by trolley
    12  locomotive is not permitted except on intake air.
    13     (b)  Certain operation prohibited.--It shall be unlawful to
    14  run or operate a locomotive, fed directly or indirectly from a
    15  trolley wire, by the open entrances to worked out places wherein
    16  the pillars have been drawn or places in which the pillars have
    17  not been drawn but in places where the roof has collapsed.
    18     (c)  Certain use proscribed.--No open-type electric
    19  locomotive or open-type electric machine of whatsoever type
    20  shall be taken into a working place. Main return airways or
    21  passageways shall not be used as haulageways for electric
    22  locomotives operated from a trolley wire.
    23  Section 330.  Outdoor substation.
    24     The outdoor substation shall be built in accordance with
    25  current Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers'
    26  standards and department equipment performance specification and
    27  shall include:
    28         (1)  Protective fence or enclosure.
    29         (2)  Primary or incoming line lightning arrestors.
    30         (3)  Positive disconnecting means on the incoming or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 155 -    

     1     primary line with a circuit breaker or fuses to interrupt
     2     safely any current, normal or abnormal, which might be
     3     encountered.
     4         (4)  Transformer bank to convert the incoming or primary
     5     voltage to the transmission voltage. The use of auto-
     6     transformers for this purpose is prohibited. Secondary or
     7     underground transmission voltage shall not exceed 15,000
     8     volts, nominal, phase to phase. The transformer may be
     9     connected delta-wye, wye-delta or delta-delta. Wye-wye
    10     connections shall not be used because of voltage instability
    11     under some conditions of load. In the event that the
    12     secondary winding is delta-connected, the neutral necessary
    13     for the four-wire transmission circuit shall be derived by
    14     the use of a three-phase zig-zag or grounding transformer.
    15     Where grounding transformers are used, they shall be of
    16     sufficient capacity to carry maximum ground fault current
    17     continuously. Should the substation primary or supply voltage
    18     equal the mine transmission voltage, the main transformer
    19     bank may be omitted and the zig-zag transformer used to
    20     derive a system neutral if one is not otherwise available.
    21         (5)  Secondary lightning arrestors.
    22         (6)  Ground fault-current limiting resistor capable of
    23     continuously limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    24     less. The resistor shall be adequately insulated and shall be
    25     protected by a grounded fence or screen unless mounted eight
    26     feet or more above ground.
    27         (7)  Secondary or mine feeder circuit breaker with
    28     interrupting capacity adequate for any possible condition of
    29     fault and no less than the short circuit capacity of the
    30     system supplying power to the breaker. Positive disconnect
    20080S0949B1744                 - 156 -    

     1     means shall be provided on the input and output side of the
     2     breaker. Use of automatic reclosing circuit breakers is
     3     prohibited. Breaker automatic tripping shall be through
     4     protective relays and shall provide, as a minimum, tripping
     5     by undervoltage, instantaneous and inverse time limit phase
     6     overcurrent, ground fault current not exceeding 15 amperes
     7     and ground-continuity check not exceeding seven amperes. The
     8     ground-continuity check circuit shall continuously monitor
     9     the integrity of the neutral circuit leading underground and
    10     shall cause the breaker to open when either the ground or
    11     pilot check wire is broken. An ammeter capable of reading
    12     current in each phase and a voltmeter capable of reading
    13     phase-to-phase voltage shall be provided at the circuit
    14     breaker.
    15         (8)  Surge protection or station ground bed to which
    16     shall be connected all lightning arrestor grounds, substation
    17     equipment frame grounds, fence, if metallic, and substation
    18     structure, if metallic. There shall be no direct connection
    19     between this ground bed and either the grounded side of the
    20     mine direct-current system or the neutral ground bed
    21     described below.
    22         (9)  Neutral or primary ground bed located at least 25
    23     feet away from the station ground at its closest point and to
    24     which shall be connected only the inby or load end of the
    25     neutral current limiting resistor. To prevent current
    26     transformer core saturation by stray direct current return
    27     currents, or neutral conductor damage, there shall be no
    28     direct or metallic connection between any point of the high-
    29     voltage alternating current neutral circuit and the mine
    30     direct-current ground.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 157 -    

     1         (10)  Ground bed resistance shall be measured at least
     2     every six months and appropriate action taken to assure the
     3     maintenance of four ohms or less of ground bed resistance. A
     4     record of these resistance measurements shall be kept in a
     5     book provided for that purpose.
     6  Section 331.  High-voltage underground transmission system.
     7     (a)  Underground.--High-voltage cables leading underground
     8  and extending underground shall be of the multiple conductor
     9  flame-resistant type with a rubber, plastic or armor sheath
    10  meeting the requirements of the department for flame resistance.
    11  They shall be equipped with metallic shields around each power
    12  conductor. One or more ground conductors shall be provided of a
    13  total size either:
    14         (1)  not less than one-half the power conductor size; or
    15         (2)  capable of carrying two times the maximum ground
    16     fault current.
    17  There shall also be provided an insulated conductor not smaller
    18  than No. 10 AWG for the ground-continuity check circuit. Cables
    19  shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage. Splices
    20  made in the cable shall provide continuity of all components and
    21  shall be made in accordance with the cable manufacturers'
    22  recommendations. A competent individual designated by the mine
    23  electrician shall supervise the making of splices.
    24     (b)  Subject to flexing.--High-voltage cables subject to
    25  repeated flexing shall be similar in construction to type SH-D
    26  in accordance with Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
    27  standard S-19-81.
    28     (c)  Couplers.--If couplers are used, they shall be of the
    29  three-phase type with a full metallic shell and shall be
    30  adequate for the voltage and current expected. All exposed metal
    20080S0949B1744                 - 158 -    

     1  on the couplers shall be grounded to the ground conductor in the
     2  cable. The coupler shall be constructed so that the ground
     3  continuity conductor shall be broken first and the ground
     4  conductor shall be broken last when the coupler is being
     5  uncoupled.
     6     (d)  Equipment passing over or under cable.--At locations
     7  where cables cross haulageways or travelways or where equipment
     8  must pass over or under the cable, the cables shall be either
     9  installed in a trench in the roof, protected by some mechanical
    10  means or buried at least 12 inches below combustible material
    11  and adequately protected from crushing by the weight of
    12  equipment passing over it.
    13     (e)  Location of installation.--High-voltage cables shall be
    14  installed only in intake airways. They may be installed on
    15  intake haulageways only with the approval of the department. The
    16  cable may be installed by hanging on suitable hooks or clamps,
    17  supported by a suitable messenger cable, burying or installing
    18  in metal conduit. When suspended, the distance between supports
    19  shall not exceed 20 feet, and they shall be so placed that they
    20  do not damage the cable jacket. When hung in a haulage entry
    21  containing a trolley wire, the cable shall be installed at least
    22  12 inches from the trolley wire or feeder wires and away from
    23  the track.
    24     (f)  Excess cable.--Any excess cable which is connected and
    25  supplying a load shall be coiled, stored on a reel or otherwise
    26  stored at a place near the load where it can be protected by
    27  dangering off the storage area. The cable shall not exceed 1,000
    28  feet in length.
    29     (g)  Frames and enclosures.--Frames and enclosures of high-
    30  voltage switch units, transformers, metallic cable couplers and
    20080S0949B1744                 - 159 -    

     1  splice boxes shall be grounded to the common or primary ground
     2  for the system in the high-voltage cable.
     3     (h)  Taps or branch circuits.--Taps or branch circuits from
     4  the high-voltage feeder shall be made through circuit breakers
     5  or suitable load break switches.
     6     (i)  Nonload breaking disconnect switches.--When nonload
     7  breaking disconnect switches are used for sectionalizing high-
     8  voltage circuits, they shall be fully metal clad, equipped with
     9  a door interlock to break the ground-continuity check circuit,
    10  thus tripping the feeding breaker when the door is open, and a
    11  voltmeter or indicating lights to verify that the circuit is
    12  deenergized before the disconnected switches are opened.
    13     (j)  Applicability.--For the purpose of interpretation and
    14  compliance with subsection (h) and section 313(h), the following
    15  apply:
    16         (1)  A branch circuit is a subportion of the high-voltage
    17     system, serving one or more loads. The branch circuit begins
    18     at the junction or splitting of the high-voltage system. The
    19     junction consists of the following distinct elements:
    20             (i)  Input feeder, which delivers power from the
    21         source.
    22             (ii)  Output feeder, which may extend the feeder to
    23         other parts of the high-voltage system.
    24             (iii)  Branch circuit.
    25     The output feeder is not considered as a branch circuit and
    26     is not required to have electrical protection at the
    27     junction, but receives electrical protection either at the
    28     source substation or at some place between the source
    29     substation and the junction. The branch circuit is required
    30     to have protection at the junction.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 160 -    

     1         (2)  A tap supplies power to the high-voltage loads
     2     located entirely within the enclosure where the connection is
     3     made. Where no splitting of the feeder cable occurs, neither
     4     a tap nor branch is created.
     5         (3)  A suitable load-break switch, which may be used in
     6     lieu of a circuit breaker, is a gang-operated switch with a
     7     voltage rating not less than the system voltage, capable of
     8     interrupting a current equal to its continuous full load
     9     rating and to be used in conjunction with fuses to provide
    10     overload and short circuit protection for the load being
    11     served.
    12  Section 332.  Load center.
    13     Transmission voltage shall be reduced to machine utilization
    14  voltage by a portable transformer or load center of adequate
    15  capacity for the equipment powered by it. The transformer shall
    16  be of the dry type, ventilated, nonventilated or sealed,
    17  substantially constructed and completely enclosed in a metal
    18  case. The metal enclosure shall be connected to the high-voltage
    19  system ground conductor in the high-voltage cable. Complete load
    20  center construction shall render it essentially fireproof. In
    21  addition to these requirements, the following shall be observed:
    22         (1)  Connection of the high-voltage cable to the load
    23     center shall be made through a cable coupler of the type
    24     described in section 331(c).
    25         (2)  The load center shall be equipped with a positive
    26     disconnect means on the incoming or high-voltage circuit.
    27     This may consist of a circuit breaker, load-break switch,
    28     disconnect switch or other device. The following apply:
    29             (i)  If a circuit breaker is used for this purpose,
    30         it shall be equipped with instantaneous and inverse time
    20080S0949B1744                 - 161 -    

     1         limit phase overcurrent and undervoltage relaying
     2         protection.
     3             (ii)  If a device other than a circuit breaker is
     4         used, it shall be so arranged that it cannot be operated
     5         until the ground continuity check circuit in the high-
     6         voltage cable has opened causing the nearest feeding
     7         circuit breaker to trip.
     8         (3)  The restriction of section 330(4) pertaining to
     9     transformer connections and use of zig-zag grounding
    10     transformers also apply to the load center.
    11         (4)  The transformer secondary neutral, direct or
    12     derived, shall be connected to machine trailing cable safety
    13     ground conductors through a ground current limiting resistor
    14     capable of limiting ground fault current to 25 amperes or
    15     less. The inby side of the resistor shall be grounded to the
    16     load center frame if no DC equipment powered from a common
    17     mine DC system can contact the frames of AC equipment powered
    18     by this load center. In the event there is a possibility of
    19     frame contact between AC equipment and DC equipment supplied
    20     from a common DC mine system, the inby side of the resistor
    21     may be insulated from the load center frame and shall be
    22     solidly connected to the DC ground system.
    23         (5)  The load center shall be equipped with a main
    24     secondary breaker of adequate interrupting capacity with
    25     tripping devices which shall feed individual machine breakers
    26     located either in the load center or external to it in a
    27     separate distribution center. External utilization voltage
    28     connections shall be made through receptacles arranged so
    29     that they cannot be uncoupled under load.
    30         (6)  Load centers shall be located on intake air only.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 162 -    

     1     Load centers shall not be located beyond the last open
     2     crosscut or located closer than 250 feet along the air route
     3     to pillar workings.
     4  Section 333.  Distribution centers.
     5     (a)  General rule.--Distribution centers may be used to
     6  distribute utilization power to portable equipment. The
     7  distribution center may be connected to the load center through
     8  one or more cables or conductors protected by flame-resistant
     9  jackets with combined capacity sufficient to carry the maximum
    10  loads that may be encountered. The distribution center shall
    11  contain breakers adequate to interrupt any fault current that
    12  might occur, which shall feed each unit of equipment that is
    13  connected to the distribution center. Each breaker shall be
    14  equipped with tripping devices that will function, on overload,
    15  phase fault and ground fault. Distribution centers shall be
    16  located on intake air only, and shall not be located beyond the
    17  last open crosscut or closer than 150 feet from pillar workings
    18  unless the distribution center shall have an approved explosion-
    19  proof enclosure.
    20     (b)  Cables.--Utilization voltage cables shall be fitted with
    21  plug couplers and provision made so that cables cannot be
    22  uncoupled under load. All plugs and sockets shall be
    23  substantially constructed, and any exposed metal portions shall
    24  be grounded. Couplers shall be constructed so that the ground
    25  conductor connection is broken last during uncoupling.
    26     (c)  Ground conductors.--Utilization voltage conductors,
    27  cables or conductor groups shall contain one or more ground
    28  conductors which when combined shall be able to carry safely and
    29  continuously at least twice the maximum ground fault current.
    30     (d)  Option.--A combined alternating and direct-current
    20080S0949B1744                 - 163 -    

     1  distribution or load center complete within a substantially
     2  fireproof metal enclosure, with a dry type transformer and solid
     3  state rectifier and adequate automatic electrical protection,
     4  may be used to distribute alternating and direct current
     5  utilization power. The power supply to this unit may be low,
     6  medium or high voltage. When high voltage is utilized, the
     7  requirements of section 332 shall apply. When medium or low
     8  voltage is utilized, this section shall apply. However, when an
     9  external DC distribution device is employed, the rectifier
    10  output may be taken through a main DC circuit breaker to that
    11  device without the use of a plug and receptacle system.
    12  Section 334.  Mandatory safety components of electrical
    13                 equipment.
    14     (a)  Requirement.--Low-voltage, medium-voltage and high-
    15  voltage resistance ground systems shall have ground wire
    16  monitors to continuously monitor the continuity of the grounding
    17  circuits to the equipment affected, except for:
    18         (1)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits supplying
    19     power to longwall illumination systems.
    20         (2)  Low-voltage and medium-voltage stationary equipment
    21     installed in accordance with all of the following:
    22             (i)  The equipment is permanently installed at a
    23         fixed location.
    24             (ii)  All load components are securely attached to a
    25         common metallic frame or structure.
    26             (iii)  Each component of the equipment is grounded by
    27         two independent equipment safety grounding, each sized
    28         appropriately.
    29             (iv)  At least one of the equipment safety ground
    30         conductors to each component is visible for its entire
    20080S0949B1744                 - 164 -    

     1         length. High-voltage resistance grounded systems shall
     2         have ground wire monitors to continuously monitor the
     3         continuity of the grounding circuits. All ground wire
     4         monitors shall be designed and constructed to be
     5         failsafe.
     6     (b)  Study.--The mining industry shall initiate a study to
     7  enhance the safety of underground direct-current machine cables.
     8  The program shall include an evaluation of ground wire monitors
     9  for use on all direct-current equipment. The program shall
    10  include laboratory and underground testing. The test results
    11  shall be documented and presented to the Board of Coal Mine
    12  Safety no later than 365 days after the effective date of this
    13  act for action by the board.
    14     (c)  Additional study.--The mining industry shall initiate a
    15  study to enhance the safety of underground cables. The program
    16  shall include an evaluation of metallic shielded cable,
    17  nonmetallic shielded cable and more sensitive ground fault
    18  limiting and detection. The program shall include laboratory and
    19  underground testing. The results shall be documented and
    20  presented to the Board of Coal Mine Safety no later than 365
    21  days after the effective date of this act for action by the
    22  board.
    23     (d)  Plugs.--If plugs are used on any cable in a mine, the
    24  plugs must be interlocked.
    25  Section 335.  High-voltage longwalls.
    26     Sections 336 through 344 are electrical safety standards that
    27  apply to high-voltage longwall circuits and equipment. All other
    28  standards established under this act also apply to longwall
    29  circuits and equipment when appropriate. The department shall
    30  consider existing Federal interpretations of comparable
    20080S0949B1744                 - 165 -    

     1  standards when implementing and enforcing these requirements.
     2  Section 336.  Longwall electrical protection.
     3     (a)  High-voltage circuits.--High-voltage circuits must be
     4  protected against short circuits, overloads, ground faults and
     5  undervoltages by circuit-interrupting devices of adequate
     6  interrupting capacity as follows:
     7         (1)  Current settings of short-circuit protective devices
     8     must not exceed the setting specified in approval
     9     documentation or 75% of the minimum available phase-to-phase
    10     short-circuit current, whichever is less.
    11         (2)  Time-delay settings of short-circuit protective
    12     devices used to protect any cable extending from the section
    13     power center to a motor-starter enclosure must not exceed the
    14     settings specified in approval documentation or one-quarter
    15     second, whichever is less. Time-delay settings of short-
    16     circuit protective devices used to protect motor and shearer
    17     circuits must not exceed the settings specified in approval
    18     documentation or three cycles, whichever is less.
    19         (3)  Ground-fault currents must be limited by a neutral
    20     grounding resistor to not more than:
    21             (i)  six and one-half amperes when the nominal
    22         voltage of the power circuit is 2,400 volts or less; or
    23             (ii)  three and three-quarters of an ampere when the
    24         nominal voltage of the power circuit exceeds 2,400 volts.
    25         (4)  High-voltage circuits extending from the section
    26     power center must be provided with all of the following:
    27             (i)  Ground-fault protection set to cause de-
    28         energization at not more than 40% of the current rating
    29         of the neutral grounding resistor.
    30             (ii)  A backup ground-fault detection device to cause
    20080S0949B1744                 - 166 -    

     1         de-energization when a ground fault occurs with the
     2         neutral grounding resistor open.
     3             (iii)  Thermal protection for the grounding resistor
     4         that will de-energize the longwall power center if the
     5         resistor is subjected to a sustained ground fault. The
     6         thermal protection must operate at either 50% of the
     7         maximum temperature rise of the grounding resistor or 150
     8         Centigrade or 302 Fahrenheit, whichever is less, and must
     9         open the ground-wire monitor circuit for the high-voltage
    10         circuit supplying the section power center. The thermal
    11         protection must not be dependent upon control power and
    12         may consist of a current transformer and overcurrent
    13         relay.
    14         (5)  High-voltage motor and shearer circuits must be
    15     provided with instantaneous ground-fault protection set at
    16     not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
    17         (6)  Time-delay settings of ground-fault protective
    18     devices used to provide coordination with the instantaneous
    19     ground-fault protection of motor and shearer circuits shall
    20     not exceed one-quarter second.
    21         (7)  Undervoltage protection shall be provided by a
    22     device which operates on low voltage to cause and maintain
    23     the interruption of power to a circuit to prevent automatic
    24     restarting of the equipment.
    25     (b)  Current transformers.--Current transformers used for the
    26  ground-fault protection specified in subsection (a)(1), (4)(i)
    27  and (5) must be single window type and must be installed to
    28  encircle all three-phase conductors. Equipment safety grounding
    29  conductors must not pass through or be connected in series with
    30  ground-fault current transformers.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 167 -    

     1     (c)  Test circuit.--Each ground-fault current device
     2  specified in subsection (a)(4)(i) and (5) must be provided with
     3  a test circuit that will inject a primary current of 50% or less
     4  of the current rating of the grounding resistor through the
     5  current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
     6  interrupting device to open.
     7     (d)  Prohibition.--Circuit-interrupting devices shall not
     8  reclose automatically.
     9     (e)  Multiple cables.--Where two or more high-voltage cables
    10  are used to supply power to a common bus in a high-voltage
    11  enclosure, each cable must be provided with ground wire
    12  monitoring. The ground wire monitoring circuits must cause de-
    13  energization of each cable when either the ground monitor or
    14  grounding conductor of any cable becomes severed or open. On or
    15  after the effective date of this section, parallel-connected
    16  cables on newly installed longwalls must be protected as
    17  follows:
    18         (1)  when one circuit-interrupting device is used to
    19     protect parallel-connected cables, the circuit-interrupting
    20     device must be electrically interlocked with the cables so
    21     that the device will open when any cable is disconnected; or
    22         (2)  when two or more parallel circuit-interrupting
    23     devices are used to protect parallel-connected cables, the
    24     circuit-interrupting devices must be mechanically and
    25     electrically interlocked. Mechanical interlocking shall cause
    26     all devices to open simultaneously and electrical
    27     interlocking shall cause all devices to open when any cable
    28     is disconnected.
    29  Section 337.  Longwall disconnect switches.
    30     (a)  Section power center.--The section power center must be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 168 -    

     1  equipped with a main disconnecting device installed to de-
     2  energize all cables extending to longwall equipment when the
     3  device is in the open position.
     4     (b)  Maintenance.--Disconnecting devices for motor-starter
     5  enclosures must be maintained in accordance with the
     6  department's approval. The compartment for the disconnect device
     7  must be provided with a caution label to warn miners against
     8  entering the compartment before de-energizing the incoming high-
     9  voltage circuits to the compartment.
    10     (c)  Rating.--Disconnecting devices must be rated for the
    11  maximum phase-to-phase voltage of the circuit in which they are
    12  installed and for the full load current of the circuit that is
    13  supplied power through the device.
    14     (d)  Installation.--Each disconnecting device must be
    15  designed and installed so that:
    16         (1)  Visual observation determines that the contacts are
    17     open without removing any cover.
    18         (2)  All load power conductors can be grounded when the
    19     device is in the open position.
    20         (3)  The device can be locked in the open position.
    21     (e)  Capability.--Disconnecting devices, except those
    22  installed in explosion-proof enclosures, shall be capable of
    23  interrupting the full load current of the circuit or designed
    24  and installed to cause the current to be interrupted
    25  automatically prior to the opening of the contacts of the
    26  device. Disconnecting devices installed in explosion-proof
    27  enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with the
    28  department's approval.
    29  Section 338.  Guarding of longwall cables.
    30     (a)  High-voltage cables.--High-voltage cables shall be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 169 -    

     1  guarded at the following locations:
     2         (1)  Where individuals regularly work or travel over or
     3     under the cables.
     4         (2)  Where the cables leave cable handling or support
     5     systems to extend to electric components.
     6     (b)  Intent and design of guarding.--Guarding shall minimize
     7  the possibility of miners contacting the cables and protect the
     8  cables from damage. The guarding shall be made of grounded metal
     9  or nonconductive flame-resistant material.
    10  Section 339.  Longwall cable-handling and support systems.
    11     Longwall mining equipment shall be provided with cable-
    12  handling and support systems that are constructed, installed and
    13  maintained to minimize the possibility of miners contacting the
    14  cables and to protect the high-voltage cables from damage.
    15  Section 340.  Use of longwall insulated cable handling
    16                 equipment.
    17     (a)  General rule.--Energized high-voltage cables shall not
    18  be handled except when motor or shearer cables need to be
    19  trained. When cables need to be trained, high-voltage insulated
    20  gloves, mitts, hooks, tongs, slings, aprons or other personal
    21  protective equipment capable of providing protection against
    22  shock hazard shall be used to prevent direct contact with the
    23  cable.
    24     (b)  Standards, examinations, testing and replacement.--High-
    25  voltage insulated gloves, sleeves and other insulated personal
    26  protective equipment shall:
    27         (1)  have a voltage rating of at least Class 1, 7,500
    28     volts, that meets or exceeds ASTM F496-97, Standard
    29     Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and
    30     Sleeves (1997);
    20080S0949B1744                 - 170 -    

     1         (2)  be examined before each use for visible signs of
     2     damage;
     3         (3)  be removed from the underground area of the mine or
     4     destroyed when damaged or defective; and
     5         (4)  be electrically tested every six months.
     6  Section 341.  Maintenance.
     7     Compartment separation and cover interlock switches for
     8  motor-starter enclosures shall be maintained in accordance with
     9  section 342.
    10  Section 342.  High-voltage longwall mining systems.
    11     (a)  General rule.--In each high-voltage motor-starter
    12  enclosure, with the exception of a controller on a high-voltage
    13  shearer, the disconnect device compartment,
    14  control/communications compartment and motor contactor
    15  compartment shall be separated by barriers or partitions to
    16  prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-voltage
    17  conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be constructed
    18  of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    19     (a.1)  High-voltage shearers.--In each motor-starter
    20  enclosure on a high-voltage shearer, the high-voltage components
    21  shall be separated from lower voltage components by barriers or
    22  partitions to prevent exposure of personnel to energized high-
    23  voltage conductors or parts. Barriers or partitions shall be
    24  constructed of grounded metal or nonconductive insulating board.
    25     (b)  Interlock switches.--Each cover of a compartment in the
    26  high-voltage motor-starter enclosure containing high-voltage
    27  components shall be equipped with at least two interlock
    28  switches arranged to automatically de-energize the high-voltage
    29  components within that compartment when the cover is removed.
    30     (c)  Circuit-interrupting devices.--Circuit-interrupting
    20080S0949B1744                 - 171 -    

     1  devices shall be designed and installed to prevent automatic
     2  reclosure.
     3     (d)  Transformers.--Transformers with high-voltage primary
     4  windings that supply control voltages shall incorporate grounded
     5  electrostatic (Faraday) shielding between the primary and
     6  secondary windings. The shielding shall be connected to the
     7  equipment ground by a minimum No. 12 AWG grounding conductor.
     8  The secondary nominal voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, line
     9  to line.
    10     (e)  Test circuits.--Test circuits shall be provided for
    11  checking the condition of ground wire monitors and ground-fault
    12  protection without exposing personnel to energized circuits.
    13  Each ground-test circuit shall inject a primary current of 50%
    14  or less of the current rating of the grounding resistor through
    15  the current transformer and cause each corresponding circuit-
    16  interrupting device to open.
    17     (f)  Disconnect devices.--Each motor-starter enclosure, with
    18  the exception of a controller on a high-voltage shearer, shall
    19  be equipped with a disconnect device installed to de-energize
    20  all high-voltage power conductors extending from the enclosure
    21  when the device is in the open position.
    22         (1)  When multiple disconnect devices located in the same
    23     enclosure are used to satisfy the requirement of this
    24     subsection, they shall be mechanically connected to provide
    25     simultaneous operation by one handle.
    26         (2)  The disconnect device shall be rated for the maximum
    27     phase-to-phase voltage and the full-load current of the
    28     circuit in which it is located and installed so that:
    29             (i)  visual observation determines that the contacts
    30         are open without removing any cover;
    20080S0949B1744                 - 172 -    

     1             (ii)  the load-side power conductors are grounded
     2         when the device is in the open position;
     3             (iii)  the device can be locked in the open position;
     4             (iv)  when located in an explosion-proof enclosure,
     5         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
     6         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
     7         opening of the contacts; and
     8             (v)  when located in a nonexplosion-proof enclosure,
     9         the device shall be designed and installed to cause the
    10         current to be interrupted automatically prior to the
    11         opening of the contacts, or the device shall be capable
    12         of interrupting the full-load current of the circuit.
    13     (g)  Starters to be interlocked.--Control circuits for the
    14  high-voltage motor starters shall be interlocked with the
    15  disconnect device so that:
    16         (1)  The control circuit can be operated with an
    17     auxiliary switch in the test position only when the
    18     disconnect device is in the open and grounded position.
    19         (2)  The control circuit can be operated with the
    20     auxiliary switch in the normal position only when the
    21     disconnect switch is in the closed position.
    22     (h)  Determination of minimum available fault current.--A
    23  study to determine the minimum available fault current shall be
    24  submitted to the department to ensure adequate protection for
    25  the length and conductor size of the longwall motor, shearer and
    26  trailing cables.
    27     (i)  Shielded construction of certain cables.--Longwall motor
    28  and shearer cables with nominal voltages greater than 660 volts
    29  shall be made of a shielded construction with a grounded
    30  metallic shield around each power conductor.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 173 -    

     1     (j)  Instantaneous ground fault protection.--High-voltage
     2  motor and shearer circuits shall be provided with instantaneous
     3  ground fault protection of not more than 0.125 of an ampere.
     4  Current transformers used for this protection shall be of the
     5  single window type and shall be installed to encircle all three-
     6  phase conductors.
     7  Section 343.  Longwall electrical work.
     8     (a)  Qualified workers.--Electrical work on all circuits and
     9  equipment associated with high-voltage longwalls shall be
    10  performed by MSHA-qualified persons.
    11     (b)  Procedures for work on circuits and equipment.--Except
    12  for troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits and
    13  equipment as provided under subsection (d), prior to performing
    14  electrical work a qualified individual shall do the following:
    15         (1)  De-energize the circuit or equipment with a circuit-
    16     interrupting device.
    17         (2)  Open the circuit-disconnecting device. On high-
    18     voltage circuits, ground the power conductors until work on
    19     the circuit is completed.
    20         (3)  Lock out the disconnecting device with a padlock.
    21     When more than one qualified individual is performing work,
    22     each individual shall install an individual padlock.
    23         (4)  Tag the disconnecting device to identify each
    24     individual working and the circuit or equipment on which work
    25     is being performed.
    26     (c)  Restrictions relating to low-voltage, medium-voltage or
    27  high-voltage distribution circuits or equipment.--No electrical
    28  work shall be performed on low-voltage, medium-voltage or high-
    29  voltage distribution circuits or equipment, except by a
    30  qualified individual or an individual trained to perform
    20080S0949B1744                 - 174 -    

     1  electrical work and to maintain electrical equipment under the
     2  direct supervision of a qualified individual. Disconnecting
     3  devices shall be locked out and suitably tagged by the
     4  individuals who perform the work, except that in cases where
     5  locking out is not possible, the devices shall be opened and
     6  suitably tagged by individuals performing the work. Locks or
     7  tags shall be removed only by the individuals who installed them
     8  or, if such individuals are unavailable, by individuals
     9  authorized by the operator or his agent.
    10     (d)  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits.--
    11  Troubleshooting and testing of energized circuits must be
    12  performed only:
    13         (1)  On low-voltage and medium-voltage circuits.
    14         (2)  When the purpose of troubleshooting and testing is
    15     to determine voltages and currents.
    16         (3)  By an individual qualified to perform electrical
    17     work and who wears protective gloves. Rubber-insulating
    18     gloves shall be rated at least for the nominal voltage of the
    19     circuit when the voltage of the circuit exceeds 120 volts
    20     nominal and is not intrinsically safe.
    21     (e)  Troubleshooting and testing of multiple voltage
    22  circuits.--Before troubleshooting and testing a low-voltage or
    23  medium-voltage circuit contained in a compartment with a high-
    24  voltage circuit, the high-voltage circuit must be de-energized,
    25  disconnected, grounded, locked out and tagged in accordance with
    26  subsection (b).
    27     (f)  Conveyor belt structures.--Prior to the installation or
    28  removal of a conveyor belt structure, high-voltage cables
    29  extending from the section power center to the longwall
    30  equipment and located in the belt entries shall be:
    20080S0949B1744                 - 175 -    

     1         (1)  deenergized; or
     2         (2)  guarded in accordance with section 338, at the
     3     location where the belt structure is being installed or
     4     removed.
     5  Section 344.  Testing, examination and maintenance of longwall
     6                 equipment.
     7     (a)  Equipment subject to seven-day inspection schedule.--At
     8  least once every seven days, a MSHA-qualified individual shall
     9  test and examine each unit of high-voltage longwall equipment
    10  and circuits to determine that electrical protection, equipment
    11  grounding, permissibility cable insulation and control devices
    12  are being properly maintained to prevent fire, electrical shock,
    13  ignition or operational hazards from existing on the equipment.
    14  Tests shall include activating the ground-fault test circuit.
    15     (b)  Equipment subject to 30-day inspection schedule.--Each
    16  ground-wire monitor and associated circuits shall be examined
    17  and tested at least once every 30 days to verify proper
    18  operation and to verify that it will cause the corresponding
    19  circuit-interrupting device to open.
    20     (c)  Removal or repair of equipment.--When examinations or
    21  tests of equipment reveal a fire, electrical shock, ignition or
    22  operational hazard, the equipment must be removed from service
    23  immediately or repaired immediately.
    24     (d)  Certifications and records.--At the completion of
    25  examinations and tests required by this section, the individual
    26  who makes the examinations and tests shall certify by signature
    27  and date that they have been conducted. A record shall be made
    28  of any unsafe condition found and any corrective action taken.
    29  Certifications and records shall be kept for at least one year
    30  and shall be made available for inspection by authorized
    20080S0949B1744                 - 176 -    

     1  representatives of the department and representatives of miners.
     2  Section 345.  (Reserved).
     3  Section 346.  (Reserved).
     4  Section 347.  (Reserved).
     5  Section 348.  (Reserved).
     6  Section 349.  (Reserved).
     7  Section 350.  Equipment approvals.
     8     (a)  Departmental discretion.--The department may require the
     9  approval of all underground equipment, surface substations
    10  feeding power underground, fans and personnel conveyances
    11  (elevators, man hoists and escape capsules) connected to an
    12  underground mine. All elevators at the time of installation
    13  shall meet the criteria established in the current American
    14  Society of Mechanical Engineers A17.1 Code, pertaining to
    15  special application elevators, mine elevators, connected to an
    16  underground mine. The equipment shall be grouped as follows for
    17  the purposes of approval:
    18         (1)  Bituminous face equipment (BFE) - permissible
    19     equipment.
    20         (2)  Bituminous open type equipment (BOTE) - non-
    21     permissible equipment.
    22         (3)  Bituminous power distribution equipment (BPDE) -
    23     nonpermissible power equipment.
    24         (4)  Surface installations:
    25             (i)   Mine power substations (MM-S).
    26             (ii)   Fans I (MM-F).
    27             (iii)  Personnel conveyances (MM-P).
    28         (5)   Minewide monitoring systems (MWMS).
    29     (b)  Limitation of approvals.--The approvals under subsection
    30  (a) are specifically limited by the provision that permissible
    20080S0949B1744                 - 177 -    

     1  equipment approved by the MSHA Approval and Certification Center
     2  that is not in conflict with and which meets the requirements of
     3  this act shall be deemed to be approved by the department.
     4     (c)  Procedures for approval.--The procedures for approval of
     5  underground and surface equipment are as follows:
     6         (1)  Approvals shall be limited to electrical systems,
     7     safety systems required by this act and specifications
     8     developed by the task force established by the parties and
     9     provided for under subsection (d).
    10         (2)  Newly purchased permissible equipment shall be
    11     constructed in a fashion as to provide accessibility for
    12     inspection of permissible components.
    13         (3)  The evaluation to determine whether the equipment
    14     should be approved shall be based strictly on the specific
    15     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
    16     specifications under subsection (d). In the absence of
    17     performance specifications for equipment or specific
    18     provisions of this act addressing such equipment; and if the
    19     department considers that the equipment as designed or built
    20     poses an unacceptable risk to the health or safety of miners,
    21     the following procedure shall be applied:
    22             (i)  The department, in a written report, shall
    23         specify the unacceptable risk, based upon objective
    24         ascertainable data and criteria approved by a nationally
    25         recognized standards organization.
    26             (ii)  The department shall convene a task force to
    27         develop specifications for the equipment in an expedited
    28         fashion.
    29             (iii)  If the task force is unable to develop
    30         applicable performance standards within 75 days, the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 178 -    

     1         department may continue to withhold approval based upon
     2         noncompliance with a mandatory safety standard of a
     3         nationally recognized standards organization that has
     4         been shown to be appropriate for mining.
     5         (4)  For new equipment, the prototype of which has not
     6     been previously approved, a manufacturer or operator shall
     7     submit to the department an application requesting approval.
     8     The request for approval shall include four schematics, a
     9     description and any other pertinent information for the
    10     equipment.
    11         (5)  The application under paragraph (4) shall be
    12     reviewed within 15 working days after receipt. Within the 15-
    13     day period the department shall communicate verbally and in
    14     writing to the applicant all discrepancies between the
    15     application and the equipment performance specifications. If
    16     the department does not communicate to the applicant within
    17     the 15 days as described in this paragraph, the application
    18     shall be deemed approved. If the applicant submits additional
    19     schematics or information, the department shall have an
    20     additional 15 days to communicate to the applicant concerning
    21     such additional schematics or information.
    22         (6)  When the application review under paragraph (5) is
    23     complete, an inspector shall be assigned to evaluate the
    24     equipment and the operator or manufacturer notified of that
    25     assignment. The equipment inspection shall be scheduled
    26     within 20 working days of the departmental inspector being
    27     notified. If the inspector gets to the inspection site and
    28     the equipment is not in conformance with the specific
    29     criteria set forth in this act and the performance
    30     specifications described in this section, the time frame
    20080S0949B1744                 - 179 -    

     1     shall stop. When the equipment has been modified to conform
     2     with the specific criteria set forth in this act and the
     3     performance specifications, the operator shall notify the
     4     department for a reinspection, and the department shall
     5     schedule the reinspection within ten working days. If the
     6     equipment is in conformance with the specific criteria set
     7     out in this act and the performance specifications described
     8     in this section, but the schematics are not, the equipment
     9     can be used, but the operator or manufacturer shall have ten
    10     working days to resubmit the corrected schematics or the
    11     equipment shall be taken out of service.
    12         (7)  For previously approved equipment that an operator
    13     proposes to modify, the approval procedure established for
    14     new equipment that has not been previously approved is to be
    15     applicable. The approval process shall address only the
    16     modification that has been made and shall not require changes
    17     to the components of the equipment that were initially
    18     approved. For the purpose of this paragraph, modification
    19     shall not include changes to equipment in which components
    20     are changed and replaced with components that provide
    21     equivalent protection. Modifications subject to approval
    22     shall include only those changes to equipment which affect
    23     whether the equipment still satisfies the applicable
    24     performance specifications described in this section or set
    25     out specifically in this act.
    26         (8)  Approved equipment and repaired equipment that has
    27     not been modified are outside the scope of the approval
    28     process and shall be handled under the mine inspection
    29     program of the department.
    30         (9)  Any direction to take corrective action shall be in
    20080S0949B1744                 - 180 -    

     1     writing and shall specify the provisions of this act or the
     2     performance specifications upon which the department relies.
     3         (10)  The department has the right to inspect equipment
     4     to determine that it is in compliance with applicable
     5     requirements of this act and the equipment performance
     6     specifications. The inspections shall be performed in the
     7     normal course of inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent
     8     feasible, minimize the disruption of production.
     9         (11)  New or rebuilt equipment that has been approved,
    10     but has not been inspected by an approval inspector, shall be
    11     inspected by a mine electrical inspector. The operator shall
    12     give reasonable notice to the mine electrical inspector for
    13     an inspection prior to the equipment entering the mine. The
    14     inspection shall be performed in the normal course of
    15     inspecting the mine and shall, to the extent feasible,
    16     minimize the disruption of production.
    17     (d)  Written criteria for equipment performance
    18  specifications.--A task force shall be established to develop
    19  written criteria for equipment performance specifications.
    20         (1)  The task force shall be comprised of equal numbers
    21     of representatives, not less than two nor more than four,
    22     selected by the department and the major trade association
    23     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth. Final
    24     consensus on performance specifications shall be determined
    25     by a majority of the task force.
    26         (2)  The task force shall develop performance
    27     specifications for approval of equipment and reserves the
    28     right, for just cause, to add or delete from the developed
    29     equipment performance specifications.
    30         (3)  All equipment performance specifications approved
    20080S0949B1744                 - 181 -    

     1     pursuant to the stipulation of settlement shall remain in
     2     effect unless and until they are modified, suspended or
     3     revoked by this act, regulations promulgated under this act
     4     or the equipment performance specifications task force.
     5     (e)  Definitions.--As used in this section, the following
     6  words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this
     7  subsection:
     8     "Permissible equipment."  As applied to electric face
     9  equipment, all electrically operated equipment taken into or
    10  used in or by the last open crosscut of an entry or a room of
    11  any coal mine the electrical parts of which equipment,
    12  including, but not limited to, associated electrical equipment,
    13  components and accessories, are designed, constructed and
    14  installed in accordance with the specifications of MSHA to
    15  assure that the equipment will not cause a mine explosion or
    16  mine fire, and the other features of which are designed and
    17  constructed, in accordance with the specifications of the
    18  Department of Environmental Protection, to prevent, to the
    19  greatest extent possible, other accidents in the use of the
    20  equipment.
    21                             CHAPTER 4
    22                      DIESEL-POWERED EQUIPMENT
    23  Section 401.  Underground use.
    24     (a)  General rule.--Underground use of inby and outby diesel-
    25  powered equipment, including mobile equipment, stationary
    26  equipment and equipment of all horsepower ratings, shall only be
    27  approved, operated and maintained as provided under this
    28  chapter, except for emergency fire-fighting equipment to be used
    29  specifically for that purpose.
    30     (b)  Required attendant.--All diesel-powered equipment shall
    20080S0949B1744                 - 182 -    

     1  be attended while in operation with the engine running in
     2  underground mines. For purposes of this subsection, "attended"
     3  shall mean an equipment operator is within sight or sound of the
     4  diesel-powered equipment.
     5     (c)  Required certifications or approvals.--Inby and outby
     6  diesel-powered equipment may be used in underground mines if the
     7  inby or outby diesel-powered equipment uses an engine approved
     8  or certified by MSHA, as applicable, for inby or outby use that,
     9  when tested at the maximum fuel-air ratio, does not require a
    10  MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate exceeding 75 c.f.m.
    11  per rated horsepower. If MSHA promulgates new regulations that
    12  change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    13  c.f.m. requirement per rated horsepower shall be revised either
    14  up or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    15  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    16  Section 402.  Diesel-powered equipment package.
    17     (a)  Approval.--All diesel-powered equipment shall be
    18  approved by the department as a complete diesel-powered
    19  equipment package which shall be subject to all of the
    20  requirements, standards and procedures set forth under this
    21  chapter.
    22     (b)  Diesel engine approval.--Diesel engines shall be
    23  certified or approved, as applicable, by MSHA and maintained in
    24  accordance with MSHA certification or approval and approval by
    25  the department.
    26  Section 403.  Exhaust emissions control.
    27     (a)  Exhaust emissions control systems.--
    28         (1)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), underground
    29     diesel-powered equipment shall include an exhaust emissions
    30     control and conditioning system that has been laboratory
    20080S0949B1744                 - 183 -    

     1     tested with the diesel engine using the ISO 8178-1 test and
     2     has resulted in diesel particulate matter emissions that do
     3     not exceed an average concentration of 0.12 mg/m3 when
     4     diluted by 100% of the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation
     5     rate for that diesel engine. If MSHA promulgates new
     6     regulations that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate
     7     ventilation rate, the dilution percentage relative to the
     8     approval plate ventilation rate shall be adjusted either up
     9     or down on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    10     technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    11         (2)  Except as provided in paragraph (3), the exhaust
    12     emissions control and conditioning system shall be required
    13     to successfully complete a single series of laboratory tests
    14     for each diesel engine, conducted at a laboratory accepted by
    15     the department.
    16         (3)  An exhaust emissions control and conditioning system
    17     may be approved for multiple diesel engine applications
    18     through a single series of laboratory tests, known as the ISO
    19     8178-1 test, only if data is provided to the technical
    20     advisory committee that reliably verifies that the exhaust
    21     emissions control and conditioning system meets, for each
    22     diesel engine, the in-laboratory diesel particulate matter
    23     standard established by this subsection. Data provided to
    24     satisfy this paragraph shall include diesel particulate
    25     matter production rates for the specified engine as measured
    26     during the ISO 8178-1 test, if available. If ISO 8178-1 test
    27     data for diesel particulate matter production is not
    28     available for a specified engine, comparable data may be
    29     provided to the technical advisory committee that reliably
    30     verifies that the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
    20080S0949B1744                 - 184 -    

     1     system shall meet, for the specified diesel engine, the in-
     2     laboratory diesel particulate matter standard established by
     3     this subsection. This standard shall only be used for in-
     4     laboratory testing for approval of diesel-powered equipment
     5     for use underground.
     6     (b)  Components of exhaust emissions system.--The exhaust
     7  emissions control and conditioning system shall include the
     8  following:
     9         (1)  A diesel particulate matter (DPM) filter that has
    10     proven capable of a reduction in total diesel particulate
    11     matter to a level that does not exceed the requirements of
    12     subsection (a)(1). However, the technical advisory committee
    13     may evaluate, in accordance with section 424, alternative
    14     technologies that have the ability to meet the 0.12 mg/m3
    15     standard.
    16         (2)  An oxidation catalyst or other gaseous emissions
    17     control device capable of reducing undiluted carbon monoxide
    18     emissions to 100 parts per million or less under all
    19     conditions of operation at normal engine operating
    20     temperature range.
    21         (3)  An engine surface temperature control capable of
    22     maintaining significant external surface temperatures below
    23     302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    24         (4)  A system capable of reducing the exhaust gas
    25     temperature below 302 degrees Fahrenheit.
    26         (5)  An automatic engine shutdown system that shuts off
    27     the engine before the exhaust gas temperature reaches 302
    28     degrees Fahrenheit and, if water-jacketed components are
    29     used, before the engine coolant temperature reaches 212
    30     degrees Fahrenheit. A warning shall be provided to alert the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 185 -    

     1     equipment operator prior to engine shutdown.
     2         (6)  A spark arrestor system.
     3         (7)  A flame arrestor system.
     4         (8)  A sampling port for measurement of undiluted and
     5     untreated exhaust gases as they leave the engine.
     6         (9)  A sampling port for measurement of treated undiluted
     7     exhaust gases before they enter the mine atmosphere.
     8         (10)  For permissible diesel equipment, any additional
     9     MSHA regulations must be met.
    10     (c)  Diagnostics systems.--Onboard engine performance and
    11  maintenance diagnostics systems shall be capable of continuously
    12  monitoring and giving readouts for paragraphs (1), (2), (3),
    13  (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8). The diagnostics system shall
    14  identify levels that exceed the engine or component
    15  manufacturer's recommendation or the applicable MSHA or bureau
    16  requirements as to the following:
    17         (1)  Engine speed.
    18         (2)  Operating hour meter.
    19         (3)  Total intake restriction.
    20         (4)  Total exhaust back pressure.
    21         (5)  Cooled exhaust gas temperature.
    22         (6)  Coolant temperature.
    23         (7)  Engine oil pressure.
    24         (8)  Engine oil temperature.
    25  Section 404.  Ventilation.
    26     (a)  Minimum quantities.--Minimum quantities of ventilating
    27  air where diesel-powered equipment is operated shall be
    28  maintained pursuant to this section.
    29     (b)  Approvals.--Each specific model of diesel-powered
    30  equipment shall be approved by the department before it is taken
    20080S0949B1744                 - 186 -    

     1  underground. The department shall require that an approval plate
     2  be attached to each piece of the diesel-powered equipment. The
     3  approval plate shall specify the minimum ventilating air
     4  quantity for the specific piece of diesel-powered equipment. The
     5  minimum ventilating air quantity shall be determined by the
     6  bureau based on the amount of air necessary at all times to
     7  maintain the exhaust emissions at levels not exceeding the
     8  exposure limits established under section 419.
     9     (c)  Minimum air quantities.--The minimum quantities of air
    10  in any split where any individual unit of diesel-powered
    11  equipment is being operated shall be at least that specified on
    12  the approval plate for that equipment. Air quantity measurements
    13  to determine compliance with this requirement shall be made at
    14  the individual unit of diesel-powered equipment.
    15     (d)  Multiple units in operation.--Where multiple units are
    16  operated, the minimum quantity shall be at least the total of
    17  100% of MSHA's Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate for each
    18  unit operating in that split. Air quantity measurements to
    19  determine compliance with this requirement shall be made at the
    20  most downwind unit of diesel-powered equipment that is being
    21  operated in that air split. If MSHA promulgates new regulations
    22  that change the MSHA Part 7 approval plate ventilation rate, the
    23  minimum quantity where multiple units are operated shall be
    24  revised on a direct ratio basis upon recommendation of the
    25  technical advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
    26     (e)  Minimum quantities of air in certain splits.--The
    27  minimum quantities of air in any split where any diesel-powered
    28  equipment is operated shall be in accordance with the minimum
    29  air quantities required in subsections (a), (b) and (c) and
    30  shall be specified in the mine diesel ventilation plan.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 187 -    

     1  Section 405.  Fuel storage facilities.
     2     (a)  General rule.--An underground diesel fuel storage
     3  facility shall be any facility designed and constructed to
     4  provide for the storage of any mobile diesel fuel transportation
     5  units or the dispensing of diesel fuel.
     6     (b)  Diesel fuel standards.--Diesel-powered equipment shall
     7  be used underground only with fuel that meets the standards of
     8  the most recently approved United States Environmental
     9  Protection Agency (EPA) guidelines for over-the-road fuel.
    10  Additionally, the fuel shall also meet the ASTM D975 standards
    11  with a flash point of 100 degrees Fahrenheit or greater at
    12  standard temperature and pressure. The operator shall maintain a
    13  copy of the most recent delivery receipt from the supplier to
    14  verify that the fuel used underground meets this standard.
    15     (c)  Requirements.--Underground diesel fuel storage
    16  facilities shall meet the following general requirements:
    17         (1)  Fixed underground diesel fuel storage tanks are
    18     prohibited.
    19         (2)  No more than 500 gallons of diesel fuel shall be
    20     stored in each underground diesel fuel storage facility.
    21     (d)  Location.--Underground diesel fuel storage facilities
    22  shall be located as follows:
    23         (1)  at least 100 feet from shafts, slopes, shops and
    24     explosives magazines;
    25         (2)  at least 25 feet from trolley wires, haulage ways,
    26     power cables and electric equipment not necessary for the
    27     operation of the storage facilities; and
    28         (3)  in an area that is as dry as practicable.
    29     (e)  Construction requirements.--
    30         (1)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
    20080S0949B1744                 - 188 -    

     1     meet the construction requirements and safety precautions
     2     under this subsection.
     3         (2)  Underground diesel fuel storage facilities shall
     4     meet all of the following:
     5             (i)  Be constructed of noncombustible materials and
     6         provided with either self-closing or automatic closing
     7         doors.
     8             (ii)  Be ventilated directly into the return air
     9         course using noncombustible materials.
    10             (iii)  Be equipped with an automatic fire suppression
    11         system complying with section 408. The technical advisory
    12         committee may recommend for approval an alternate method
    13         of complying with this section on a mine-by-mine basis in
    14         accordance with section 424.
    15             (iv)  Be equipped with at least two portable 20-pound
    16         multipurpose dry-chemical type fire extinguishers.
    17             (v)  Be marked with conspicuous signs designating
    18         combustible liquid storage.
    19             (vi)  Be included in the preshift examination.
    20         (3)  Welding or cutting other than that performed in
    21     accordance with paragraph (4) shall not be done within 50
    22     feet of a diesel fuel storage facility.
    23         (4)  When it is necessary to weld, cut or solder
    24     pipelines, cylinders, tanks or containers that may have
    25     contained diesel fuel, the following requirements shall
    26     apply:
    27             (i)  Cutting or welding shall not be performed on or
    28         within containers or tanks that have contained
    29         combustible or flammable materials until the containers
    30         or tanks have been thoroughly purged and cleaned or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 189 -    

     1         rendered inert and a vent or opening is provided to allow
     2         for sufficient release of any buildup pressure before
     3         heat is applied.
     4             (ii)  Diesel fuel shall not be allowed to enter
     5         pipelines or containers that have been welded, soldered,
     6         brazed or cut until the metal has cooled to ambient
     7         temperature.
     8  Section 406.  Transfer of diesel fuel.
     9     (a)  General rule.--Diesel fuel shall be transferred as
    10  provided in this section.
    11     (b)  Pump transfers.--When diesel fuel is transferred by
    12  means of a pump and a hose equipped with a nozzle containing a
    13  self-closing valve, a powered pump may be used only if:
    14         (1)  the hose is equipped with a nozzle containing a
    15     self-closing valve without a latch-open device; and
    16         (2)  the pump is equipped with an accessible emergency
    17     shutoff switch.
    18     (c)  Compressed gas prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    19  transferred using compressed gas.
    20     (d)  Status of diesel engine.--Diesel fuel shall not be
    21  transferred to the fuel tank of diesel-powered equipment while
    22  the equipment's engine is running.
    23     (e)  Dry-system design.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    24  designed and operated as dry systems.
    25     (f)  Standards for pipes, valves and fittings.--All piping,
    26  valves and fittings shall meet the following requirements:
    27         (1)  Be capable of withstanding working pressures and
    28     stresses.
    29         (2)  Be capable of withstanding four times the static
    30     pressures.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 190 -    

     1         (3)  Be compatible with diesel fuel.
     2         (4)  Be maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
     3     (g)  Manual shutoff valves.--Vertical pipelines shall have
     4  manual shutoff valves installed at the surface filling point and
     5  at the underground discharge point.
     6     (h)  Exposed fuel pipelines.--Unburied diesel fuel pipelines
     7  shall not exceed 300 feet in length and shall have shutoff
     8  valves located at each end of the unburied pipeline.
     9     (i)  Horizontal pipeline prohibition.--Horizontal pipelines
    10  shall not be used to distribute fuel throughout a mine.
    11     (j)  Limitation on piping systems.--Diesel fuel piping
    12  systems shall be used only to transport fuel from the surface
    13  directly to a single underground diesel fuel transfer point.
    14     (k)  Restrictions related to boreholes.--When boreholes are
    15  used, the diesel fuel piping system shall not be located in a
    16  borehole with electric power cables.
    17     (l)  Inspections.--Diesel fuel pipelines located in any shaft
    18  shall be included as part of the required examination of the
    19  shaft.
    20     (m)  Location in entries.--Diesel fuel piping systems located
    21  in entries shall not be located on the same side of the entry as
    22  electric cables or power lines.
    23     (n)  Trolley-haulage limitations.--Diesel fuel pipelines
    24  shall not be located in any trolley-haulage entry, except that
    25  they may cross the entry perpendicular if buried or otherwise
    26  protected from damage and sealed.
    27     (o)  Protection.--Diesel fuel piping systems shall be
    28  protected to prevent physical damage.
    29  Section 407.  Containers.
    30     (a)  General rule.--Containers for the transport of diesel
    20080S0949B1744                 - 191 -    

     1  fuel shall meet the requirements of this section.
     2     (b)  Limitations on containers.--Diesel fuel shall be
     3  transported only in containers specifically designed for the
     4  transport of diesel fuel.
     5     (c)  Limitations on vehicle transport.--No more than one
     6  safety can, conspicuously marked, shall be transported on a
     7  vehicle at any time.
     8     (d)  Standards for containers other than safety containers.--
     9  Containers, other than safety cans, used to transport diesel
    10  fuel shall be provided with the following:
    11         (1)  Devices for venting.
    12         (2)  Self-closing caps.
    13         (3)  Vent pipes at least as large as the fill or
    14     withdrawal connection, whichever is larger, but not less than
    15     one and one-fourth inch nominal inside diameter.
    16         (4)  Liquid-tight connections for all container openings
    17     that are identified by conspicuous markings and closed when
    18     not in use.
    19         (5)  Shutoff valves located within one inch of the tank
    20     shell on each connection through which liquid can normally
    21     flow.
    22     (e)  Tanks with manual gauging.--When tanks are provided with
    23  openings for manual gauging, liquid-tight caps or covers shall
    24  be provided and shall be kept closed when not open for gauging.
    25     (f)  Capacity of containers.--Containers used for the
    26  transport of diesel fuel shall not exceed a capacity of 500
    27  gallons.
    28     (g)  Certain containers as permanent fixtures.--Containers,
    29  other than safety cans, used for the transport of diesel fuel
    30  shall be permanently fixed to the transportation unit.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 192 -    

     1     (h)  Method of transportation.--Diesel fuel transportation
     2  units shall be transported individually and not with any other
     3  cars, except that two diesel fuel transportation units up to a
     4  maximum of 500 gallons each may be transported together.
     5     (i)  Prohibition.--Diesel fuel shall not be transported on
     6  conveyor belts.
     7     (j)  Fire extinguisher.--When transporting diesel fuel in
     8  containers other than safety cans, a fire extinguisher shall be
     9  provided on each end of the transportation unit. The fire
    10  extinguishers shall be multipurpose type dry-chemical fire
    11  extinguishers containing a nominal weight of 20 pounds.
    12     (k)  Fire suppression systems for diesel transportation
    13  units.--Diesel fuel transportation units shall have a fire
    14  suppression system that meets the requirements of section 408.
    15     (l)  Limitations where trolley wires are present.--In mines
    16  where trolley wire is used, diesel fuel transportation units
    17  shall be provided with insulating material to protect the units
    18  from any energized trolley wire, and the distance between the
    19  diesel fuel transportation unit and the trolley wire shall not
    20  be less than 12 inches, or the trolley wire shall be de-
    21  energized when diesel fuel transportation units are transported
    22  through the area.
    23     (m)  Parking restrictions.--Unattended diesel fuel
    24  transportation units shall be parked only in underground diesel
    25  fuel storage facilities.
    26     (n)  Emergency fueling restrictions.--Safety cans shall be
    27  used for emergency fueling only.
    28     (o)  Standards for safety cans.--Safety cans shall be clearly
    29  marked, have a maximum capacity of five gallons, be constructed
    30  of metal and be equipped with a nozzle and self-closing valves.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 193 -    

     1  Section 408.  Fire suppression for equipment and transportation.
     2     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel-
     3  powered equipment and fuel transportation units shall meet the
     4  requirements of this section.
     5     (b)  Type system.--The system must be an automatic
     6  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system suitable
     7  for the intended application and listed or approved by a
     8  nationally recognized independent testing laboratory.
     9  Installation requirements shall be as follows:
    10         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
    11     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
    12     listing or approval.
    13         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
    14     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
    15     operations.
    16         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
    17     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
    18     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
    19     corrosion.
    20         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
    21     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
    22     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
    23     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust or rock
    24     dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    25     agent.
    26     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    27  suppression system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    28  suppression for all of the following:
    29         (1)  The engine, transmission, hydraulic pumps and tanks,
    30     fuel tanks, exposed brake units, air compressors and battery
    20080S0949B1744                 - 194 -    

     1     areas, as applicable, on all diesel-powered equipment.
     2         (2)  Fuel containers and electric panels or controls used
     3     during fuel transfer operations on fuel transportation units.
     4     (d)  Fault and fire alarm annunciators.--The fire suppression
     5  system shall include a system fault and fire alarm annunciator
     6  that can be seen and heard by the equipment operator.
     7     (e)  Automatic engine shutdown.--The fire suppression system
     8  shall provide for automatic engine shutdown. Engine shutdown and
     9  discharge of suppressant agent may be delayed for a maximum of
    10  15 seconds after the fire alarm annunciator alerts the operator.
    11     (f)  Manual actuators.--At least two manual actuators shall
    12  be provided, with at least one manual actuator at each end of
    13  the equipment. If the equipment is provided with an operator's
    14  compartment, one of the mechanical actuators shall be located in
    15  the compartment within easy reach of the operator. For
    16  stationary equipment, the two manual actuators shall be located
    17  with at least one actuator on the stationary equipment and at
    18  least one actuator a safe distance away from the equipment and
    19  in intake air.
    20  Section 409.  Fire suppression for storage areas.
    21     (a)  General rule.--Fire suppression systems for diesel fuel
    22  storage areas shall meet the requirements of this section.
    23     (b)  Type system.--The system shall be an automatic
    24  multipurpose dry-powder type fire suppression system or other
    25  system of equal capability, suitable for the intended
    26  application and listed or approved by a nationally recognized
    27  independent testing laboratory. The system shall meet the
    28  following installation requirements:
    29         (1)  The system shall be installed in accordance with the
    30     manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 195 -    

     1     listing or approval.
     2         (2)  The system shall be installed in a protected
     3     location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine
     4     operations.
     5         (3)  Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping of
     6     the system shall be secured and protected against damage,
     7     including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion and
     8     corrosion.
     9         (4)  Discharge nozzles of the system shall be positioned
    10     and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the
    11     protected areas. Nozzles shall also be protected against the
    12     entrance of foreign materials, such as mud, coal dust and
    13     rock dust that could prevent proper discharge of suppressant
    14     agent.
    15     (c)  Automatic fire detection and suppression.--The fire
    16  suppressant system shall provide automatic fire detection and
    17  suppression for the fuel storage tanks, containers, safety cans,
    18  pumps, electrical panels and control equipment in fuel storage
    19  areas.
    20     (d)  Types of alarms.--Audible and visual alarms to warn of
    21  fire or system faults shall be provided at the protected area
    22  and at a surface location that is always staffed when
    23  individuals are underground. A means shall also be provided for
    24  warning all endangered individuals in the event of fire.
    25     (e)  Manual actuators.--Fire suppression systems shall
    26  include two manual actuators with at least one located within
    27  the fuel storage facility and at least one located a safe
    28  distance away from the storage facility and in intake air.
    29     (f)  System operation.--The fire suppression system shall
    30  remain operative in the event of electrical system failure.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 196 -    

     1     (g)  Monitoring of certain systems.--If electrically
     2  operated, the detection and actuation circuits shall be
     3  monitored and provided with status indicators showing power and
     4  circuit continuity. If not electrically operated, a means shall
     5  be provided to indicate the functional readiness status of the
     6  system.
     7     (h)  Weekly visual inspection.--Fire suppression devices
     8  shall be visually inspected at least once each week by an
     9  individual qualified to make the inspection.
    10     (i)  Maintenance, testing and records.--Each fire suppression
    11  device shall be tested and maintained. A record shall be
    12  maintained of the inspection required by this subsection. The
    13  record of the weekly inspections shall be maintained at an
    14  appropriate location for each fire suppression device.
    15     (j)  (Reserved).
    16     (k)  Instructions.--All miners normally assigned to the
    17  active workings of a mine shall be instructed about any hazards
    18  inherent to the operation of all fire suppression devices
    19  installed and, where appropriate, the safeguards available for
    20  each device.
    21  Section 410.  Use of certain starting aids prohibited.
    22     The use of volatile or chemical starting aids is prohibited.
    23  Section 411.  Fueling.
    24     (a)  Restrictions on fueling locations.--Fueling of diesel-
    25  powered equipment shall not be conducted in the intake escape-
    26  way unless the mine design and entry configuration make it
    27  necessary. In those cases where fueling in the intake escape-way
    28  is necessary, the mine operator shall submit a plan for approval
    29  to the department, which shall be investigated by the technical
    30  advisory committee in accordance with section 424, outlining the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 197 -    

     1  special safety precautions that will be taken to insure the
     2  protection of miners. The submitted plan shall specify a
     3  location, such as the end of the tail piece track or adjacent to
     4  the load out point, where fueling shall be conducted in the
     5  intake escape-way and all other safety precautions that shall be
     6  taken, which shall include an examination of the area for
     7  spillage or fire by a qualified individual.
     8     (b)  Spill cleanup.--Diesel fuel and other combustible
     9  materials shall be cleaned up and not be permitted to accumulate
    10  anywhere in an underground mine or on diesel-powered or electric
    11  equipment located in a mine.
    12     (c)  Trained individual on duty.--At least one individual
    13  specially trained in the cleanup and disposal of diesel fuel
    14  spills shall be on duty at the mine when diesel-powered
    15  equipment or mobile fuel transportation equipment is being used
    16  or when any fueling of diesel-powered equipment is being
    17  conducted.
    18  Section 412.  Fire and safety training.
    19     (a)  Training of underground employees.--All underground
    20  employees at the mine shall receive special instruction related
    21  to fighting fires involving diesel fuel. This training may be
    22  included in annual refresher training under MSHA regulations at
    23  30 CFR Part 48 (relating to training and retraining of miners)
    24  or included in the fire drills required under MSHA regulations
    25  relating to program of instruction; location and use of fire
    26  fighting equipment; location of escape-ways, exits and routes of
    27  travel; evacuation procedures; and fire drills.
    28     (b)  Training of miners.--All miners shall be trained in
    29  precautions for safe and healthful handling and disposal of
    30  diesel-powered equipment filters. All used intake air filters,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 198 -    

     1  exhaust diesel particulate matter filters and engine oil filters
     2  shall be placed in their original containers or other suitable
     3  enclosed containers and removed from the underground mine to the
     4  surface. Arrangements shall be made for safe handling and
     5  disposal of these filters within a timely manner after they have
     6  reached the surface.
     7  Section 413.  Maintenance.
     8     (a)  General rule.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
     9  maintained in an approved and safe condition as described in
    10  this chapter or removed from service. Failure of the mine
    11  operator to comply with the maintenance requirements of this
    12  subsection may result in revocation of the department's approval
    13  of the complete diesel-powered equipment package, provided
    14  appropriate notification has been given to the mine operator and
    15  the procedures of this section have been followed. Upon
    16  receiving the appropriate notification, the mine operator shall
    17  have 30 days to submit a plan to achieve and maintain
    18  compliance. The plan shall be evaluated by the department and,
    19  upon approval, the mine operator shall implement the plan. The
    20  department shall monitor the mine operator's compliance. If the
    21  department then determines that the mine operator is unable or
    22  unwilling to comply, the department shall revoke the mine
    23  operator's approval.
    24     (b)  Acquisition and maintenance of approvals.--To acquire
    25  and maintain approval of a complete diesel-powered equipment
    26  package, the mine operator shall comply with the following
    27  requirements:
    28         (1)  All service, maintenance and repairs of approved
    29     complete diesel-powered equipment packages shall be performed
    30     by mechanics who are trained and qualified in accordance with
    20080S0949B1744                 - 199 -    

     1     section 422.
     2         (2)  Service and maintenance of approved complete diesel-
     3     powered equipment packages shall be performed according to:
     4             (i)  the specified routine maintenance schedule;
     5             (ii)  onboard performance and maintenance diagnostics
     6         readings;
     7             (iii)  emissions test results; and
     8             (iv)  component manufacturers' recommendations.
     9  Section 414.  Records.
    10     (a)  General rule.--A record shall be made of all emissions
    11  tests, preoperational examinations and maintenance and repairs
    12  of complete diesel-powered equipment packages. The records made
    13  pursuant to this section shall meet the requirements of this
    14  section.
    15     (b)  Written certification.--The individual performing the
    16  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair shall certify
    17  by date, time, engine hour reading and signature that the
    18  emissions test, examination, maintenance or repair was made.
    19     (c)  Results.--Records of emissions tests and examinations
    20  shall include the specific results of such tests and
    21  examinations.
    22     (d)  Content.--Records of maintenance and repairs shall
    23  include the work that was performed, any fluids or oil added,
    24  parts replaced or adjustments made and the results of any
    25  subsequently required emissions testing.
    26     (e)  Preoperational examination record retention.--Records of
    27  preoperational examinations shall be retained for the previous
    28  100-hour maintenance cycle.
    29     (f)  Certain records to be countersigned.--Records of
    30  emissions tests, 100-hour maintenance tests and repairs shall be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 200 -    

     1  countersigned once each week by the certified mine electrician
     2  or mine foreman.
     3     (g)  Other record retention.--Except as specified in
     4  subsection (e), all records required by this section shall be
     5  retained for at least one year at a surface location at the mine
     6  and made available for inspection by the department and by
     7  miners and their representatives.
     8  Section 415.  Duties of equipment operator.
     9     (a)  Preoperational examination.--Prior to use of a piece of
    10  diesel-powered equipment during a shift, an equipment operator
    11  shall conduct an examination as follows:
    12         (1)  Check the exhaust emissions control and conditioning
    13     system components to determine that the components are in
    14     place and not damaged or leaking.
    15         (2)  Assure that the equipment is clean and free of
    16     accumulations of combustibles.
    17         (3)  Assure that the machine is loaded safely.
    18         (4)  Check for external physical damage.
    19         (5)  Check for loose or missing connections.
    20         (6)  Check engine oil level.
    21         (7)  Check transmission oil level.
    22         (8)  Check other fluid levels, if applicable.
    23         (9)  Check for hydraulic, coolant and oil leaks.
    24         (10)  Check fan, water pump and other belts.
    25         (11)  Check the fan for damage.
    26         (12)  Check guards.
    27         (13)  Check the fuel level.
    28         (14)  Check for fuel leaks.
    29         (15)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    30     section 414.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 201 -    

     1     (b)  Operational examination.--After the engine is started
     2  and warmed up, the equipment operator shall conduct an
     3  examination as follows:
     4         (1)  Check all onboard engine performance and maintenance
     5     diagnostics system gauges for proper operation and in-range
     6     readings. The equipment operator shall immediately shut down
     7     the engine and notify the operator if the onboard readings
     8     indicate any of the following:
     9             (i)  Intake restriction at full engine speed is
    10         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
    11             (ii)  Exhaust restriction at full engine speed is
    12         greater than the manufacturer's recommendation.
    13             (iii)  Coolant temperature is at or near 212 degrees
    14         Fahrenheit.
    15             (iv)  Low engine oil pressure.
    16             (v)  High engine oil temperature.
    17         (2)  Check safety features, including, but not limited
    18     to, the throttle, brakes, steering, lights and horn.
    19         (3)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    20     section 414.
    21  Section 416.  Schedule of maintenance.
    22     At intervals not exceeding 100 hours of engine operation, a
    23  qualified mechanic shall perform the following maintenance and
    24  make all necessary adjustments or repairs or remove the
    25  equipment from service:
    26         (1)  Wash or steam clean the equipment.
    27         (2)  Check for and remove any accumulations of coal, coal
    28     dust or other combustible materials.
    29         (3)  Check the equipment for damaged or missing
    30     components or other visible defects.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 202 -    

     1         (4)  Conduct electrical and safety component inspections.
     2         (5)  Replace engine oil and oil filter.
     3         (6)  Check the transmission oil level and add oil, if
     4     necessary.
     5         (7)  Check hydraulic oil level and add oil, if necessary.
     6         (8)  Check the engine coolant level and add coolant, if
     7     necessary.
     8         (9)  Check all other fluid levels and add fluid, if
     9     necessary.
    10         (10)  Check for oil, coolant and other fluid leaks.
    11         (11)  Inspect the cooling fan, radiator and shroud.
    12     Remove any obstructions and make necessary repairs.
    13         (12)  Check all belts. Tighten or replace, if necessary.
    14         (13)  Check the battery and service as necessary.
    15         (14)  Check the automatic fire suppression system.
    16         (15)  Check the portable fire extinguisher.
    17         (16)  Check the lights.
    18         (17)  Check the warning devices.
    19         (18)  With the engine operating, check and replace or
    20     repair the following:
    21             (i)  Oil pressure.
    22             (ii)  Intake air restriction at full engine speed.
    23             (iii)  Exhaust gas restriction at full engine speed.
    24             (iv)  Exhaust flame arrestor.
    25             (v)  All gauges and controls.
    26         (19)  Conduct repeatable loaded engine-operating test in
    27     accordance with section 418.
    28         (20)  If the equipment is approved with a nondisposable
    29     diesel particulate filter, a smoke dot test of the filtered
    30     exhaust must be performed at this time. The results of the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 203 -    

     1     smoke dot test shall be recorded on the 100-hour emissions
     2     form. If the interpreted smoke dot number is greater than
     3     three, the technical advisory committee shall be notified and
     4     shall investigate to determine if the filter is functioning
     5     properly.
     6         (21)  Evaluate and interpret the results of all of the
     7     above tests and examinations and make all necessary repairs
     8     or remove the equipment from service.
     9         (22)  Comply with the recordkeeping requirements pursuant
    10     to section 414.
    11  Section 417.  Emissions monitoring and control.
    12     (a)  General rule.--Emissions for diesel-powered equipment
    13  shall be monitored and controlled as provided in this section.
    14     (b)  Determination of baseline emission values.--When any
    15  diesel-powered equipment first enters service at a mine,
    16  baseline emission values shall be determined by a qualified
    17  mechanic. Unless the technical advisory committee in accordance
    18  with section 424 recommends an alternate procedure, the
    19  qualified mechanic shall:
    20         (1)  Verify that the seal on the engine fuel injector is
    21     in place and that the proper fuel pump is on the equipment.
    22         (2)  Install a new clean intake air cleaner, measure and
    23     record the intake restriction pressure.
    24         (3)  Check the level of engine oil.
    25         (4)  Change the engine lubrication oil if not fresh.
    26         (5)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    27         (6)  Measure and record the exhaust backpressure. If
    28     exhaust gas back pressure is above that recommended by the
    29     manufacturer, steps must be taken to bring the exhaust gas
    30     back pressure within the manufacturer's recommended limit
    20080S0949B1744                 - 204 -    

     1     prior to beginning the test described in this subsection.
     2         (7)  Test the brakes.
     3         (8)  Place the equipment into an intake entry.
     4         (9)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
     5         (10)  Install an exhaust gas analyzer into the untreated
     6     exhaust gas port.
     7         (11)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
     8     operating temperature.
     9         (12)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. For this
    10     section, the loaded condition for the baseline emissions
    11     testing shall be determined by the technical advisory
    12     committee by determining CO2 values that are representative
    13     of the MSHA lug curve readings for that engine model and
    14     horsepower.
    15         (13)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer and allow the engine
    16     to operate in the loaded condition for a sufficient length of
    17     time not less than a 90-second duration to insure proper CO
    18     readings. The qualified mechanic shall record both CO and CO2
    19     readings. Note: Baseline CO values shall be determined by the
    20     technical advisory committee based upon MSHA lug curve
    21     readings for that engine model and horsepower. If the
    22     baseline CO values are greater than the MSHA lug curve
    23     values, the technical advisory committee shall investigate
    24     and either recommend approval or disapproval or recommend
    25     alternate methods of meeting the requirements of this
    26     section.
    27         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements pursuant to
    28     section 414.
    29         (15)  An alternative to the testing provided in
    30     paragraphs (1) through (14) may be developed by the technical
    20080S0949B1744                 - 205 -    

     1     advisory committee in accordance with section 424.
     2         (16)  Emissions test procedures for this section shall be
     3     submitted to the technical advisory committee in accordance
     4     with section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine
     5     and equipment type.
     6  Section 418.  Diagnostic testing.
     7     (a)  Tests.--At intervals not exceeding once every 100 hours
     8  of engine operation, a qualified mechanic shall perform
     9  equipment maintenance diagnostic testing of each piece of
    10  diesel-powered equipment in the mine. The qualified mechanic
    11  shall do all of the following:
    12         (1)  Verify the identification numbers on the equipment.
    13         (2)  Check the level of the engine lubricating oil.
    14         (3)  Check the level of the transmission fluid.
    15         (4)  Set the brakes and chock the wheels.
    16         (5)  Install the portable carbon monoxide sampling device
    17     into the untreated exhaust port coupling provided in the
    18     operator's cab.
    19         (6)  Start the engine and allow it to warm up to
    20     operating temperature.
    21         (7)  Check the intake restriction and the exhaust back
    22     pressure at high idle speed.
    23         (8)  If the intake restriction is more than the
    24     manufacturer's maximum recommended intake restriction,
    25     replace the intake filter with a clean one.
    26         (9)  If exhaust gas back pressure is above that
    27     recommended by the manufacturer, take steps to bring the
    28     exhaust gas back pressure within the manufacturer's
    29     recommended limit prior to beginning the test described in
    30     this section.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 206 -    

     1         (10)  Put the engine into a loaded condition. As used in
     2     this paragraph, the term loaded condition shall mean a
     3     condition in which the carbon dioxide values are
     4     representative of the MSHA lug curve values for that engine
     5     model and horsepower rating.
     6         (11)  Take the following steps:
     7             (i)  Start the exhaust gas analyzer.
     8             (ii)  Allow the engine to operate for a sufficient
     9         time, not less than 90 seconds, to insure proper carbon
    10         monoxide readings and record both carbon monoxide and
    11         carbon dioxide readings.
    12         (12)  Install the exhaust gas analyzer into the treated
    13     exhaust port and repeat steps set forth in paragraphs (10)
    14     and (11).
    15         (13)  If the average carbon monoxide reading for
    16     untreated exhaust gas is greater than twice the baseline
    17     established under section 417(b) or if the average carbon
    18     monoxide reading for treated exhaust gas is greater than 100
    19     parts per million, the equipment has failed and shall be
    20     serviced and retested before it is returned to regular
    21     service.
    22         (14)  Comply with recordkeeping requirements under
    23     section 414.
    24     (b)  Procedures.--Emissions test procedures for this section
    25  must be submitted to the technical advisory committee under
    26  section 424 prior to being implemented for each engine and
    27  equipment type.
    28     (c)  Alternative procedure.--An alternative to the testing
    29  provided in subsection (a) may be developed by the technical
    30  advisory committee under section 424.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 207 -    

     1  Section 419.  Exhaust gas monitoring and control.
     2     (a)  Concentration.--In monitoring and controlling exhaust
     3  gases, the ambient concentration of exhaust gases in the mine
     4  atmosphere shall not exceed 35 parts per million for carbon
     5  monoxide and three parts per million for nitrogen dioxide. The
     6  concentration of these exhaust gases shall be measured at the
     7  equipment operator's or equipment attendant's position and by
     8  the last piece of diesel-powered equipment operating in the same
     9  split of air. Measurements shall be made weekly or more often if
    10  necessary by a qualified individual and shall be conducted under
    11  the requirements of this section.
    12     (b)  Measurement.--Measurement of exhaust gases shall be made
    13  with a sampling instrument no less precise than detector tubes.
    14     (c)  Changes.--If the concentration of a gas listed in
    15  subsection (a) is at least 75% of its exposure limit, changes to
    16  the use of the diesel equipment, the mine ventilation or the
    17  mining process shall be made.
    18     (d)  Excessive exposure.--If the concentration of a gas
    19  listed in subsection (a) exceeds the exposure limit, the diesel
    20  equipment operating in that split shall be removed from service
    21  immediately, and corrective action shall be taken. After
    22  corrective action has been taken by the mine operator, the
    23  diesel equipment may be returned to service in its regular
    24  operating mode for emissions testing purposes only; and
    25  emissions testing shall be conducted immediately to assure that
    26  the concentration does not exceed 75% of the exposure limit.
    27  Corrective action shall be taken until the concentration does
    28  not exceed 75% of the exposure limit before the diesel equipment
    29  can be returned to full operation.
    30     (e)  Compliance.--The mine operator shall comply with the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 208 -    

     1  following requirements:
     2         (1)  Repair or adjustment of the fuel injection system
     3     shall only be performed by qualified mechanics authorized by
     4     the engine manufacturer.
     5         (2)  Complete testing of the emissions system in
     6     accordance with section 418 shall be conducted:
     7             (i)  prior to any piece of diesel-powered equipment
     8         being put into service; and
     9             (ii)  after any repair or adjustment to the fuel
    10         delivery system, engine timing or exhaust emissions
    11         control and conditioning system.
    12         (3)  Service and maintenance of the intake air filter,
    13     exhaust particulate filter and the exhaust system shall be
    14     performed at specific time intervals based on the component
    15     manufacturer's recommendation and compliance with the engine
    16     or emissions control operation specifications and, as needed,
    17     based on the on-board diagnostics or emissions test results.
    18     Accurate records shall be maintained of service and
    19     maintenance under this paragraph.
    20  Section 420.  Training and general requirements.
    21     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    22  plans required by this section shall be approved by the
    23  department. Operator training and qualification shall meet the
    24  requirements of this section.
    25     (b)  Conduct.--
    26         (1)  Training shall be conducted in the basics of the
    27     operation of a diesel engine, Federal and State regulations
    28     governing their use, company rules for safe operation,
    29     specific features of each piece of equipment and the ability
    30     to recognize problems.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 209 -    

     1         (2)  Training shall be provided to each equipment
     2     operator and the mine health and safety committee if one
     3     exists. This training shall be designed to bring every
     4     operator to a level of good understanding of diesel equipment
     5     operation.
     6         (3)  Each operator shall be qualified by attending a
     7     minimum eight-hour course, including classroom training on
     8     diesel fundamentals and equipment-specific hands-on training
     9     on the job. Training shall include instruction in the
    10     following classroom subjects:
    11             (i)  Engine fundamentals. This subparagraph includes
    12         an introduction to the function of a diesel engine and
    13         recognition of major components and their functions.
    14             (ii)  Diesel regulations. This subparagraph includes
    15         an introduction to Federal and State regulations
    16         governing the use of diesel equipment.
    17             (iii)  Diesel emissions. This subparagraph includes
    18         an introduction to diesel emissions and their adverse
    19         health effects.
    20             (iv)  Factors which affect diesel emissions. This
    21         subparagraph includes a detailed presentation of engine
    22         faults and diesel fuel quality, their effect on emissions
    23         and the preventive actions which can be taken to minimize
    24         emissions levels.
    25             (v)  Emissions control devices. This subparagraph
    26         includes a detailed presentation of the different
    27         emissions control devices employed to reduce emissions
    28         and details about actions the operator must take to keep
    29         the devices in working order.
    30             (vi)  Diagnostic techniques. This subparagraph
    20080S0949B1744                 - 210 -    

     1         includes a presentation of techniques which can be
     2         employed by the operator to assure the equipment is in
     3         safe operating condition and instruction about how to
     4         recognize and diagnose certain engine faults which may
     5         cause increases in emissions.
     6             (vii)  Preoperational inspection. This subparagraph
     7         includes a presentation of the purpose, benefits and
     8         requirements of the preoperational inspection.
     9             (viii)  Ventilation. This subparagraph includes an
    10         introduction to special ventilation requirements for
    11         areas where diesel-powered equipment will operate.
    12             (ix)  Fire suppression system. This subparagraph
    13         includes an introduction to the fire suppression system
    14         and its function and when and how to activate the fire
    15         suppression manually.
    16             (x)  Operating rules. This subparagraph includes a
    17         detailed presentation of the driving rules, safe driving
    18         speeds, traffic control devices and equipment
    19         limitations.
    20             (xi)  Emergency procedures. This subparagraph
    21         includes discussion of:
    22                 (A)  emergencies, such as fire, diesel fuel
    23             spills, component failure, loss of ventilation air
    24             and emergency escape procedures; and
    25                 (B)  potential use of the diesel-powered vehicle
    26             as an emergency escape vehicle in case of a mine
    27             emergency.
    28             (xii)  Recordkeeping and reporting procedures. This
    29         subparagraph includes a presentation on required
    30         recordkeeping and reporting procedures for problems or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 211 -    

     1         unsafe conditions, high emissions levels and
     2         preoperational inspections made by the equipment
     3         operator.
     4     (c)  Certificate.--Upon successful completion of both
     5  training sessions, the operator shall be issued a certificate of
     6  qualification which qualifies the operator to operate a specific
     7  type of diesel-powered equipment. An operator may be qualified
     8  to operate more than one type of equipment by completing
     9  additional equipment-specific training covering differences
    10  specific to each additional type of equipment.
    11     (d)  Refresher training.--Refresher training, separate from
    12  that required by MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to
    13  the training and retraining of miners), shall be required
    14  annually.
    15     (e)  Annual certificate.--A new certificate of qualification
    16  shall be issued annually after the equipment operator has
    17  received the annual refresher training.
    18  Section 421.  Equipment-specific training.
    19     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    20  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    21  department.
    22     (b)  Description.--
    23         (1)  Equipment-specific hands-on orientation training
    24     shall be given in an area of the mine where the equipment
    25     will be operated. This orientation shall be specific to the
    26     type and make of the diesel machine and shall be presented in
    27     small groups.
    28         (2)  The following subjects shall be included in the
    29     training:
    30             (i)  Equipment layout. This subparagraph includes
    20080S0949B1744                 - 212 -    

     1         familiarization with the layout of the equipment, the
     2         operator's compartments and the controls.
     3             (ii)  Preoperation inspection. This subparagraph
     4         includes familiarization with the preoperation inspection
     5         procedure and review of specific details of the
     6         inspection and location of the components to be
     7         inspected.
     8             (iii)  Equipment limitations. This subparagraph
     9         includes instruction relating to equipment performance,
    10         speeds, capacities and blind areas.
    11             (iv)  Operating areas. This subparagraph includes
    12         instruction relating to areas in which the equipment may
    13         be operated.
    14             (v)  Operation. This subparagraph includes
    15         familiarization with the controls, gauges and warning
    16         devices and safe operating limits of all indicating
    17         gauges.
    18             (vi)  Refueling procedure. This subparagraph includes
    19         familiarization with fuel handling, permissible refueling
    20         areas, spill prevention, cleanup and potential hazards
    21         from diesel fuel.
    22             (vii)  Emergency devices. This subparagraph includes
    23         instruction relating to the location and use of the fire
    24         extinguisher and fire suppression devices.
    25             (viii)  Driving practice. This paragraph includes
    26         supervised operation of the equipment.
    27  Section 422.  Diesel mechanic training.
    28     (a)  Approval.--Training course instructors and training
    29  plans required by this section must be approved by the
    30  department.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 213 -    

     1     (b)  General rule.--Diesel mechanic training and
     2  qualification shall meet the requirements of this section.
     3     (c)  Skills.--Diesel mechanics shall be trained and qualified
     4  to perform maintenance, repairs and testing of the features of
     5  diesel equipment certified by MSHA and the department.
     6     (d)  Qualification.--To be qualified, a diesel mechanic shall
     7  successfully complete a minimum of 16 hours of a training
     8  program approved by the department regarding the general
     9  function, operation, maintenance and testing of emissions
    10  control and conditioning components. The diesel mechanic shall
    11  be qualified to perform these tasks on the specific machines
    12  used at the mine or mines where they are employed. Additional
    13  engine-specific training shall be provided to diesel mechanics
    14  in accordance with a plan approved by the department.
    15     (e)  Retraining.--Annual retraining programs for diesel
    16  mechanics shall be required and shall be approved by the
    17  department. Retraining shall include refresher training as well
    18  as new procedure and new technology training as necessary.
    19  Retraining shall be separate from refresher training pursuant to
    20  MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 48 (relating to training and
    21  retraining of miners) and electrical training required by MSHA.
    22     (f)  Programs.--The minimum diesel mechanic training programs
    23  shall include training in the following minimum subject
    24  requirements:
    25         (1)  Federal and State requirements regulating the use of
    26     diesel equipment.
    27         (2)  Company policies and rules related to the use of
    28     diesel equipment.
    29         (3)  Emissions control system design and component
    30     technical training.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 214 -    

     1         (4)  Onboard engine performance and maintenance
     2     diagnostics system design and component technical training.
     3         (5)  Service and maintenance procedures and requirements
     4     for the emissions control systems.
     5         (6)  Emissions testing procedures and evaluation and
     6     interpretation of test results.
     7         (7)  Troubleshooting procedures for the emissions control
     8     systems.
     9         (8)  Fire protection systems test and maintenance.
    10         (9)  Fire and ignition sources and their control and
    11     elimination.
    12         (10)  Fuel system maintenance and safe fueling
    13     procedures.
    14         (11)  Intake air system design and components technical
    15     training and maintenance procedures.
    16         (12)  Engine shutdown device tests and maintenance.
    17         (13)  Special instructions regarding components, such as
    18     the fuel injection system, which may only be repaired and
    19     adjusted by a qualified mechanic who has received special
    20     training and is authorized to make the repairs or adjustments
    21     by the component manufacturer.
    22         (14)  Instruction on recordkeeping requirements for
    23     maintenance procedures and emissions testing.
    24         (15)  Other subjects determined by the department to be
    25     necessary to address specific health and safety needs.
    26  Section 423. Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
    27     (a)  General rule.--In addition to other requirements of this
    28  chapter, diesel-powered equipment shall be operated pursuant to
    29  the standards set forth in this section.
    30     (b)  Attended equipment.--Diesel-powered equipment shall be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 215 -    

     1  attended while in operation with the engine running in
     2  underground mines.
     3     (c)  Idling.--Unnecessary idling of diesel-powered equipment
     4  is prohibited.
     5     (d)  Access.--Roadways where diesel-powered equipment is
     6  operated shall be maintained as free as practicable from bottom
     7  irregularities debris and wet or muddy conditions, which affect
     8  control of the equipment.
     9     (e)  Speed.--Operating speeds shall be consistent with
    10  conditions of roadways, grades, clearances, visibility and
    11  traffic and type of equipment used.
    12     (f)  Control.--Equipment operators shall have full control of
    13  the mobile equipment while it is in motion.
    14     (g)  Traffic rules.--Traffic rules, including speed, signals
    15  and warning signs, shall be standardized at each mine and
    16  posted.
    17     (h)  Maintenance.--
    18         (1)  Diesel-powered equipment shall be maintained in a
    19     safe operating condition which does not threaten health of
    20     human beings.
    21         (2)  Diesel-powered equipment not maintained in
    22     accordance with paragraph (1) or not maintained in accordance
    23     with the engine or emissions control operating specifications
    24     shall be removed from service immediately and shall not be
    25     returned to service until all necessary corrective actions
    26     have been taken.
    27  Section 424.  Technical advisory committee.
    28     (a)  Establishment.--The Technical Advisory Committee on
    29  Diesel-Powered Equipment is established.
    30     (b)  Membership.--The advisory committee shall consist of two
    20080S0949B1744                 - 216 -    

     1  members, who shall be residents of this Commonwealth.
     2         (1)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
     3     the viewpoint of the coal operators in this Commonwealth
     4     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
     5     nominees submitted by the major trade association
     6     representing coal operators in this Commonwealth.
     7         (2)  The Governor shall appoint one member to represent
     8     the viewpoint of the working miners in this Commonwealth
     9     within 30 days from receipt of a list containing one or more
    10     nominees submitted by the highest ranking official within the
    11     major employee organization representing coal miners in this
    12     Commonwealth.
    13     (c)  Terms.--Each member of the technical advisory committee
    14  shall be appointed for a term of three years. If renominated and
    15  reappointed, a member may serve an unlimited number of
    16  successive three-year terms.
    17     (d)  Functions.--The technical advisory committee has the
    18  following functions:
    19         (1)  Advising the department regarding implementation of
    20     this chapter.
    21         (2)  Evaluating alternative technology or methods for
    22     meeting the requirements for diesel-powered equipment as set
    23     forth in this chapter.
    24         (3)  Providing technical assistance to operators
    25     regarding diesel equipment technologies.
    26         (4)  Conducting investigations relating to implementation
    27     of this chapter.
    28         (5)  Providing training regarding diesel equipment
    29     emission controls and emission testing.
    30     (e)  Compensation.--Members of the technical advisory
    20080S0949B1744                 - 217 -    

     1  committee shall be compensated at the appropriate per diem rate
     2  based on the prevailing formula administered by the
     3  Commonwealth, but not less than $150 per day, plus all
     4  reasonable expenses incurred while performing their official
     5  duties. Compensation shall be adjusted annually by the
     6  department to account for inflation based on the rate of
     7  inflation identified by the Consumer Price Index for All Urban
     8  Consumers, Bureau of Labor Statistics. The individual member may
     9  waive his right to all or part of the compensation set forth in
    10  this provision.
    11     (f)  Meetings.--The technical advisory committee shall meet
    12  at least twice during each calendar year.
    13     (g)  Quorum.--Actions of the technical advisory committee
    14  require the participation of both members.
    15     (h)  Support.--
    16         (1)  The department shall make clerical support and
    17     assistance available to enable the technical advisory
    18     committee to carry out its duties. Upon the request of both
    19     members of the technical advisory committee, the department
    20     may draft proposed conditions of use and reports or perform
    21     investigations.
    22         (2)  The department shall purchase for the technical
    23     advisory committee equipment for testing diesel engine
    24     exhaust emissions and measuring diesel engine surface
    25     temperatures and exhaust gas temperatures. Alternative
    26     technology or methods recommended by the technical advisory
    27     committee or approved by the secretary shall not reduce or
    28     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    29     by this chapter.
    30     (i)  Alternative technologies.--
    20080S0949B1744                 - 218 -    

     1         (1)  Upon application of a coal miner, coal mine operator
     2     or diesel-related technology manufacturer, or on its own
     3     motion, the technical advisory committee shall consider
     4     requests for the use of alternative diesel-related health and
     5     safety technologies with general underground mining industry
     6     application which are consistent with this chapter. The
     7     following apply:
     8             (i)  Upon receipt of an application, the technical
     9         advisory committee shall conduct an investigation, which
    10         shall include consultation with a representative of the
    11         major trade association representing coal operators in
    12         this Commonwealth and with a representative of the major
    13         employee organization representing coal miners in this
    14         Commonwealth.
    15             (ii)  Approval of an application made under this
    16         subsection shall make the alternative technology or
    17         method available for use by a coal mine operator in this
    18         Commonwealth but shall not be construed to require that a
    19         coal mine operator use the approved alternative
    20         technology or method.
    21         (2)  Upon application of a coal mine operator, the
    22     technical advisory committee shall consider site-specific
    23     requests for use of alternative diesel-related health and
    24     safety technologies. The committee's recommendations on
    25     applications submitted under this subsection shall be on a
    26     mine-by-mine basis. Upon receipt of a site-specific
    27     application, the technical advisory committee shall conduct
    28     an investigation, which shall include consultation with the
    29     mine operator and the authorized representatives of the
    30     miners at the mine. Authorized representatives of the miners
    20080S0949B1744                 - 219 -    

     1     shall include a mine health and safety committee elected by
     2     miners at the mine and an individual employed by an employee
     3     organization representing miners at the mine or an individual
     4     authorized as the representative of miners of the mine in
     5     accordance with MSHA regulations at 30 CFR Pt. 40 (relating
     6     to representative of miners). If there is no authorized
     7     representative of the miners, the technical advisory
     8     committee shall consult with a reasonable number of miners at
     9     the mine.
    10         (3)  Within 180 days of receipt of an application for use
    11     of alternative technologies or methods, the technical
    12     advisory committee shall complete its investigation and make
    13     a recommendation to the secretary. The technical advisory
    14     committee members shall only recommend approval of an
    15     application if, at the conclusion of the investigation, the
    16     committee members have made a determination that the use of
    17     the alternative technology or method will not reduce or
    18     compromise the level of health and safety protection afforded
    19     by this chapter. The time period under this paragraph may be
    20     extended with the consent of the applicant.
    21         (4)  The technical advisory committee shall forward to
    22     the secretary three possible recommendations:
    23             (i)  A unanimous recommendation to approve the
    24         application for use of alternative technologies or
    25         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
    26         made in writing and include the results of the
    27         investigation and specific conditions of use for the
    28         alternative technology or method.
    29             (ii)  A unanimous recommendation to reject the
    30         application for use of alternative technologies or
    20080S0949B1744                 - 220 -    

     1         methods. A recommendation under this subparagraph must be
     2         made in writing and outline in detail the basis for the
     3         rejection.
     4             (iii)  A divided recommendation in which one member
     5         of the technical advisory committee recommends approval
     6         of the application for use of alternative technologies or
     7         methods and one member of the advisory committee
     8         recommends rejection of the application for use of
     9         alternative technologies or methods. For a recommendation
    10         under this subparagraph, each member of the committee
    11         must submit a detailed report to the secretary within 14
    12         days of the committee's vote outlining the member's
    13         position for or against the application.
    14         (5)  The secretary shall proceed as follows:
    15             (i)  Alternative technologies or methods may be
    16         approved by the secretary if they do not reduce or
    17         compromise the level of health and safety protection
    18         afforded by this chapter.
    19             (ii)  If a recommendation under paragraph (4)(i) or
    20         (ii) is forwarded to the secretary by the technical
    21         advisory committee, the secretary shall have 30 days in
    22         which to render a final decision adopting or rejecting
    23         the advisory committee's recommendation and the
    24         application.
    25             (iii)  The secretary may only approve or reject a
    26         recommendation under paragraph (4)(i) or (ii) without
    27         modification unless the modification is unanimously
    28         approved by the technical advisory committee.
    29             (iv)  If a recommendation under paragraph (4)(iii) is
    30         forwarded to the secretary, the secretary shall convene,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 221 -    

     1         within 30 days, a meeting with the members of the
     2         technical advisory committee to discuss the reasons for
     3         the divided recommendation and to determine whether
     4         additional information and further discussion might
     5         result in a unanimous recommendation by the committee.
     6             (v)  The following apply:
     7                 (A)  The secretary shall render a decision on the
     8             application within 30 days from the date of the
     9             meeting with the technical advisory committee or, if
    10             no meeting is convened, within 60 days of forwarding
    11             of the recommendation.
    12                 (B)  Upon consent of the applicant, the time
    13             period under clause (A) may be extended.
    14                 (C)  Except as set forth in clause (B), if the
    15             secretary does not comply with the time requirements
    16             to render a decision under this subparagraph, the
    17             technical advisory committee's recommendation shall
    18             be deemed rejected.
    19         (6)  Action taken by the secretary under this subsection
    20     is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Ch. 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial
    21     review of Commonwealth agency action) and the act of July 13,
    22     1988 (P.L.530, No.94), known as the Environmental Hearing
    23     Board Act.
    24     (j)  Shaft and slope construction.--The secretary shall
    25  establish, based on recommendations made by the technical
    26  advisory committee, conditions of use for the use of diesel-
    27  powered equipment in shaft and slope construction operations at
    28  coal mines. Conditions of use proposed by the technical advisory
    29  committee shall be considered by the secretary and shall be
    30  adopted or rejected by the secretary without modification,
    20080S0949B1744                 - 222 -    

     1  except as approved by the technical advisory committee.
     2                             CHAPTER 5
     3                      ENFORCEMENT AND REMEDIES
     4  Section 501.  Enforcement orders and duty to comply.
     5     (a)  Authority.--
     6         (1)  The department may issue written orders to enforce
     7     this act, to effectuate the purposes of this act and to
     8     protect the health and safety of miners and individuals in
     9     and about mines.
    10         (2)  An order issued under this act shall take effect
    11     upon notice, unless the order specifies otherwise.
    12         (3)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
    13     not act as a supersedeas.
    14     (b)  Compliance.--It is the duty of any individual to whom an
    15  order applies to comply with that order.
    16  Section 502.  Restraining violations.
    17     (a)  Department.--In addition to any other remedies provided
    18  by law, the department may seek an injunction to restrain any of
    19  the following:
    20         (1)  Violation of this act, a regulation promulgated
    21     under this act or any approval, standard, order or permit
    22     issued under this act.
    23         (2)  Creation and maintenance of a threat to the health
    24     and safety of miners and individuals in and about mines.
    25     (b)  Court.--
    26         (1)  In a proceeding under subsection (a), the court may
    27     do any of the following:
    28             (i)  Issue an injunction if it finds reasonable cause
    29         to believe that the respondent is engaging in conduct
    30         which:
    20080S0949B1744                 - 223 -    

     1                 (A)  violates this act; a regulation promulgated
     2             under this act or any approval, standard or order
     3             issued under this act; or
     4                 (B)  poses a threat to the health and safety of
     5             miners and individuals in and about mines.
     6             (ii)  Levy civil penalties against the respondent.
     7         (2)  The courts of common pleas and the Commonwealth
     8     courts are granted jurisdiction to hear and decide
     9     proceedings brought under subsection (a).
    10     (c)  Bond.--The department is not required to post bond in
    11  connection with proceedings brought under this section.
    12  Section 503.  Administrative penalties.
    13     (a)  Declaration of threat.--The following actions by mine
    14  officials are declared to pose an imminent and substantial
    15  threat to the health and safety of miners:
    16         (1)  Assigning an employee without training or proper
    17     certification.
    18         (2)  Requiring or condoning a violation of this act, a
    19     regulation promulgated under this act or any approval,
    20     standard or order issued under this act.
    21         (3)  Failing to perform a required examination.
    22         (4)  Failing to address promptly the dangers identified
    23     through a mine examination or inspection by the department.
    24         (5)  Supplying inaccurate information to the department.
    25         (6)  Failing to notify the department as required by this
    26     act.
    27         (7)  Failing to de-energize electrical power as required
    28     by this act.
    29         (8)  Failing to evacuate the mine when required to do so
    30     by a provision of this act.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 224 -    

     1     (b)  Penalty for mine officials and operator liability.--
     2         (1)  If the department finds that a mine official has
     3     engaged in any of the actions under subsection (a), the
     4     department may assess an administrative penalty of up to
     5     $2,500 against the mine official. In every instance in which
     6     an administrative penalty is assessed against a mine
     7     official, the department may assess an administrative penalty
     8     of the same amount against the operator of the mine where the
     9     violations occurred.
    10         (2)  If the department finds that the operator directed
    11     or condoned an unsafe act or a violation of the act:
    12             (i)  the department may assess an administrative
    13         penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than
    14         $200,000 against the operator; and
    15             (ii)  the individual that directed or condoned the
    16         action shall be removed from any position of command and
    17         control.
    18     (c)  Nonexclusive remedy.--Assessment of a penalty under this
    19  section does not preclude the department from exercising any
    20  other remedy available to it.
    21     (d)  Factors.--In determining the amount of a penalty, the
    22  department shall consider the following:
    23         (1)  The degree to which the conduct was reckless or
    24     intentional.
    25         (2)  Whether an individual was fatally or seriously
    26     injured.
    27         (3)  The potential for the violation resulting in death
    28     or serious injury to an individual.
    29         (4)  Whether the conduct is in violation of an
    30     outstanding order.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 225 -    

     1         (5)  In the case of an operator, the economic benefit to
     2     the operator from not complying with the applicable
     3     requirements.
     4     (e)  Practice and procedure.--A penalty under this section is
     5  subject to:
     6         (1)  2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5 Subch. A (relating to practice and
     7     procedure of Commonwealth agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating
     8     to judicial review of Commonwealth agency action); and
     9         (2)  25 Pa. Code Ch. 1021 (relating to practice and
    10     procedures).
    11         (3)  The act of July 13, 1988 (P.L.530, No.94), known as
    12     the Environmental Hearing Board Act.
    13  Section 503.1.  Process for assessing administrative penalties.
    14     (a)  Assessment process.--If the department assesses an
    15  administrative penalty, it shall inform the operator and mine
    16  official, as applicable, of the amount of the penalty. The
    17  individual assessed with the penalty shall then have 30 days to
    18  pay the penalty in full or, if the individual wishes to contest
    19  the amount of the penalty, the individual shall, within the 30-
    20  day period, file an appeal of the department's assessment with
    21  the Environmental Hearing Board. Failure to appeal within 30
    22  days shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
    23  amount of the penalty.
    24     (b)  Prepayment of administrative penalty.--If the operator
    25  or mine official wishes to contest either the amount of the
    26  penalty or the violation, the operator or mine official shall
    27  forward an amount not greater than $25,000 to the department for
    28  placement in an escrow account with the State Treasurer or any
    29  bank located in this Commonwealth, or post an appeal bond in the
    30  amount of the proposed penalty provided that the bond shall be
    20080S0949B1744                 - 226 -    

     1  executed by a surety licensed to do business in this
     2  Commonwealth and is satisfactory to the department. If through
     3  administrative or judicial review of the penalty, it is
     4  determined that no violation occurred, or that the amount of the
     5  penalty should be reduced, the department shall within 30 days
     6  remit the appropriate amount to the operator or mine official,
     7  with any interest accumulated by the escrow deposit. Failure to
     8  forward the money or the appeal bond to the department within 30
     9  days shall result in a waiver of all legal rights to contest the
    10  violation or the amount of the penalty.
    11     (c)  Payment of penalty.--The amount assessed after
    12  administrative hearing or waiver shall be payable to the
    13  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Mine Safety Fund and shall be
    14  collectible in any manner provided under law for the collection
    15  of debts. If any individual liable to pay any penalty neglects
    16  or refuses to pay it after demand, the amount together with
    17  interest and any costs that may accrue, shall constitute a
    18  judgment in favor of the Commonwealth upon the property of the
    19  individual from the date it has been entered and docketed or
    20  recorded by the prothonotary of the county where such property
    21  is situated. The department may, at any time, transmit to the
    22  prothonotaries of the respective counties certified copies of
    23  the judgments, and it shall be the duty of each prothonotary to
    24  enter and docket the judgments in the prothonotary's office, and
    25  to index it as judgments are indexed, without requiring the
    26  payment of costs as a condition precedent to the entry of the
    27  judgment.
    28  Section 504.  Unlawful conduct.
    29     It is unlawful for an individual to do any of the following:
    30         (1)  Violate this act, a regulation under this act or any
    20080S0949B1744                 - 227 -    

     1     approval, standard or order under this act.
     2         (2)  Cause or assist another in a violation under
     3         paragraph (1).
     4         (3)  Hinder or threaten an agent or employee of the
     5     department in the course of performance of a duty under this
     6     act, including entry and inspection.
     7         (4)  Do any of the following on mine property:
     8             (i)  Venture into areas with unsupported roof.
     9             (ii)  Fail to make required gas checks.
    10             (iii)  Work on energized equipment without de-
    11         energizing, locking out and tagging that equipment.
    12             (iv)  Change approved equipment without obtaining the
    13         department's approval.
    14             (v)  Circumvent a safety device.
    15             (vi)  Disable an alarm.
    16             (vii)  Possess or use alcohol, drugs or smoking
    17         materials in an unlawful manner on mine property.
    18             (viii)  Assign an employee without training or proper
    19         certification to perform the assigned work.
    20             (ix)  Require or condone a violation of this act, a
    21         regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
    22         order under this act.
    23             (x)  Require or condone performance of an unsafe act.
    24             (xi)  Fail to perform a required examination.
    25             (xii)  Fail to abate promptly the dangers identified
    26         through a mine examination or inspection by the
    27         department.
    28             (xiii)  Supply inaccurate information to the
    29         department.
    30             (xiv)  Fail to:
    20080S0949B1744                 - 228 -    

     1                 (A)  notify the department as required by this
     2             act;
     3                 (B)  de-energize electrical power as required by
     4             this act; or
     5                 (C)  evacuate the mine when required.
     6  Section 505.  Criminal penalties.
     7     (a)  Prohibition.--An individual commits a felony of the
     8  second degree if all of the following apply:
     9         (1)  The individual:
    10             (i)  violates this act, a regulation under this act
    11         or any approval, standard or order under this act;
    12             (ii)  submits false information to the department; or
    13             (iii)  fails to notify the department as required by
    14         this act.
    15         (2)  The action or inaction under paragraph (1):
    16             (i)  either results in the death of or substantial
    17         bodily injury to an individual; or
    18             (ii)  creates a condition that poses a substantial
    19         likelihood of causing death or substantial bodily injury
    20         to an individual.
    21  Section 506.  Inspections.
    22     (a)  Administrative.--An agent or employee of the department
    23  may do any of the following:
    24         (1)  Inspect a mine, property, building, premises, place,
    25     book or record.
    26         (2)  Secure physical evidence. This paragraph includes
    27     photography and videography.
    28         (3)  Conduct tests. This paragraph includes taking
    29     samples.
    30     (b)  Warrant.--It shall be sufficient probable cause for a
    20080S0949B1744                 - 229 -    

     1  court of competent jurisdiction to issue a search warrant if the
     2  department establishes all of the following:
     3         (1)  The action under subsection (a) is pursuant to the
     4     department's general inspection of mines and investigations
     5     at mines.
     6         (2)  The agent or employee:
     7             (i)  has reason to believe that there has been a
     8         violation of this act, a regulation under this act or any
     9         approval, standard or order under this act of the
    10         department has occurred or may occur; or
    11             (ii)  has been refused access or been prevented from
    12         taking action under subsection (a).
    13  Section 507. Intervention.
    14     An individual having an interest, which is or may be
    15  adversely affected, has the right without posting bond to         <--
    16  intervene in an action brought by the department or in an appeal
    17  before the Environmental Hearing Board under this act.
    18  Section 508.  Limitation of action.
    19     (a)  Civil and administrative.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S.
    20  Ch. 55 Subch. B (relating to civil actions and proceedings) or
    21  any other statutory provision to the contrary:
    22         (1)  A civil action under this act shall be commenced
    23     within three years from the date the cause of action arises.
    24         (2)  An administrative action under this act shall be
    25     commenced within three years from the date of the violation.
    26     (b)  Criminal.--Notwithstanding 42 Pa.C.S. Ch. 55 Subch. C
    27  (relating to criminal proceedings) or any other statutory
    28  provision to the contrary, a criminal action under this act
    29  shall be commenced within three years from the date the offense
    30  is committed.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 230 -    

     1  Section 509.  Relation to permit.
     2     The following apply if the department finds that an operator
     3  has demonstrated a lack of intent or ability to comply with this
     4  act, a regulation under this act or any approval, standard or
     5  order under this act:
     6         (1)  The department may take any action it deems
     7     appropriate regarding the operator's permits, including
     8     denial of applications for new, renewed or amended permits
     9     and suspension or revocation of existing permits.
    10         (2)  Before taking action under paragraph (1), the
    11     department shall provide the operator with an opportunity to
    12     demonstrate to the department the operator's intent and
    13     ability to comply.
    14  Section 510.  Certification actions.
    15     (a)  Denial.--The department shall not issue a certification
    16  if, after investigation and an opportunity for an informal
    17  hearing, it finds that the applicant lacks the ability or intent
    18  to comply with this act.
    19     (b)  Sanctions.--
    20         (1)  The department may modify, suspend or revoke a
    21     certification under this act if it determines that the holder
    22     has done any of the following:
    23             (i)  Failed to comply with this act; a regulation
    24         under this act or any approval, standard or order under
    25         this act.
    26             (ii)  Interfered with the safe and lawful operation
    27         of any mine.
    28             (iii)  Engaged in unlawful conduct under this act.
    29         (2)  An appeal to the Environmental Hearing Board shall
    30     be treated as a petition for a supersedeas.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 231 -    

     1         (3)  An action under this subsection shall be taken only
     2     if the monetary penalty under section 503 is inadequate.
     3         (4)  This subsection is subject to 2 Pa.C.S. Chs. 5
     4     Subch. A (relating to practice and procedure of Commonwealth
     5     agencies) and 7 Subch. A (relating to judicial review of
     6     Commonwealth agency action) and the act of July 13, 1988
     7     (P.L.530, No.94), known as the Environmental Hearing Board
     8     Act.
     9     (c)  Retesting.--A mine official whose certificate has been
    10  revoked shall have the right after five years of work experience
    11  in an underground bituminous coal mine, two years of which must
    12  be in a working section, to be reexamined and upon receipt of a
    13  satisfactory score on the examination, the mine official shall
    14  be given another certificate of qualification.
    15     (d)  Other remedies.--This section is in addition to any
    16  other remedy afforded the department under this act or any other
    17  provision of law.
    18  Section 511.  Withdrawal of certification.
    19     If a superintendent receives information that any mine
    20  foreman, assistant mine foreman, mine examiner or mine
    21  electrician neglects duties or is incapacitated, the
    22  superintendent shall make a thorough investigation. If the
    23  superintendent finds evidence to sustain neglect or incapacity,
    24  the superintendent shall suspend the individual and inform the
    25  department.
    26                             CHAPTER 6
    27                    EMERGENCY MEDICAL PERSONNEL
    28  Section 601.  Definitions.
    29     The following words and phrases when used in this chapter
    30  shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the
    20080S0949B1744                 - 232 -    

     1  context clearly indicates otherwise:
     2     "Emergency medical technician."  A coal mine employee who has
     3  successfully completed the course on emergency first aid care
     4  and transportation of the sick and injured recommended by the
     5  American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons or an equivalent
     6  organization and who has been certified by the Department of
     7  Health to provide emergency care.
     8     "Emergency medical technician paramedic."  An individual who
     9  has been certified by the Department of Health to provide
    10  emergency medical treatment.
    11  Section 602.  Emergency medical personnel.
    12     (a)  Requirement.--Emergency medical personnel shall be        <--
    13  employed at every mine as follows:
    14         (1)  At least one emergency medical technician shall be
    15     on duty at any time when miners at that mine are engaged in
    16     the extraction, production or preparation of coal. Emergency
    17     medical technicians shall be on duty at a mine in sufficient
    18     numbers to assure that no miner shall work in a mine location
    19     which cannot be reached in 30 minutes by an emergency medical
    20     technician. Emergency medical technicians shall be employed
    21     at their regular duties at locations convenient for quick
    22     response to emergencies and shall have available to them at
    23     all times necessary equipment in compliance with Federal
    24     regulations.
    25         (2)  Telephone services or the equivalent facilities
    26     shall be installed which shall provide two-way voice
    27     communications between the emergency medical technician at
    28     the mine and medical personnel outside or away from the mine
    29     who provide emergency medical services on a regular basis.
    30         (3)  Operators shall make adequate provisions so that at
    20080S0949B1744                 - 233 -    

     1     least one emergency medical technician paramedic, registered
     2     nurse, physician or physician assistant is available to
     3     provide care at a mine at any time that individuals are
     4     engaged in extraction, production or preparation of coal.
     5     Emergency medical personnel under this paragraph shall be on
     6     call to reach the entrance of the mine within 30 minutes.
     7  Section 603.  Regulations for training and certification.
     8     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
     9  train and certify emergency medical technicians and emergency
    10  medical technician paramedics.
    11  Section 604.  First aid training of mine employees.
    12     Each operator shall provide every new employee who has not
    13  received first aid training required by the department within
    14  the six months prior to the date of employment with the training
    15  required by the department. The department shall consult with
    16  the Department of Health, MSHA and representatives of miners and
    17  representatives of operators in determining the training to be
    18  required under this section. Each mine employee shall be
    19  provided with five hours of refresher first aid training within
    20  each 24-month period of employment. Each employee shall be paid
    21  regular wages or overtime pay, if applicable, for all periods of
    22  first aid training.
    23  Section 605.  Continuing training.
    24     The department, after consultation with the Department of
    25  Health regarding the content of instruction courses, shall
    26  provide for necessary training on a continuing basis of
    27  emergency medical technicians and emergency medical technician
    28  paramedics in sufficient numbers to satisfy the requirements of
    29  this chapter.
    30  Section 606.  Regulations.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 234 -    

     1     The board, after consultation with the Department of Health,
     2  shall promulgate regulations to implement the operational
     3  provisions of this chapter.
     4  Section 607.  Certification.
     5     The Department of Health shall promulgate regulations to
     6  prescribe procedures necessary to certify emergency medical
     7  technicians and emergency medical technician paramedics and
     8  consult with the department as may be required under this
     9  chapter.
    10  Section 608.  Liability.
    11     (a)  Physicians.--
    12         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a physician
    13     who in good faith gives instructions to a certified emergency
    14     medical technician or emergency medical technician paramedic,
    15     a registered nurse or physician assistant shall not be liable
    16     for civil damages as a result of issuing the instructions.
    17         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply where the actions
    18     constitute gross negligence, reckless misconduct or
    19     intentional misconduct.
    20     (b)  Other medical personnel.--
    21         (1)  Except as set forth in paragraph (2), a certified
    22     emergency medical technician, emergency medical technician
    23     paramedic, registered nurse or physician assistant who in
    24     good faith attempts to render emergency care to a sick or
    25     injured individual in or about a mine shall not be liable for
    26     civil damages as a result of any acts or omissions.
    27         (2)  Paragraph (1) does not apply where the actions
    28     constitute gross negligence, reckless misconduct or
    29     intentional misconduct.
    30  Section 609.  Equivalent training.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 235 -    

     1     If the department determines that an operator is presently
     2  providing emergency medical care for its employees which is
     3  equivalent to or superior to the emergency medical care provided
     4  for under this chapter, the department shall make a finding that
     5  the operator is in compliance with this chapter.
     6                             CHAPTER 7
     7                 SAFETY ZONES AND ENTOMBED WORKMEN
     8  Section 701.  Establishment.
     9     A safety zone is established beneath and adjacent to every
    10  stream, river and natural or artificial body of water in this
    11  Commonwealth that is sufficiently large to constitute a hazard
    12  to mining in the opinion and discretion of the department. In
    13  the case of a stream or river, the safety zone shall extend
    14  horizontally 200 feet from the high-water mark of each bank. In
    15  the case of any other body of water sufficiently large to, in
    16  the department's discretion, constitute a hazard to mining, the
    17  safety zone shall extend horizontally 200 feet from the known
    18  perimeter. Each safety zone shall extend downward to the limit
    19  of the workable beds.
    20  Section 702.  Written authorization.
    21     (a)  Requirement.--No mining or removal of minerals shall be
    22  permitted within the safety zone unless authorization is
    23  specifically granted in advance and in writing by the
    24  department.
    25     (b)  Procedure.--Authorization shall only be granted upon
    26  application of the operator. Application shall be accompanied by
    27  four copies of a plan of the proposed mining operation. The plan
    28  shall indicate the thickness of the unconsolidated strata, the
    29  thickness of the rock strata and coal beds overlying the bed to
    30  be mined, the thickness of the bed, the width of the mine
    20080S0949B1744                 - 236 -    

     1  openings, the width of the pillars to be left and any other
     2  special features that may be deemed necessary as affecting the
     3  contemplated first mining.
     4     (c)  Examinations.--The department shall make periodic
     5  examinations to determine the accuracy of plans, maps and
     6  drawings submitted to it under the provisions of this section.
     7  Section 703.  Pillar recovery.
     8     Pillar recovery may not be undertaken until the pillars are    <--
     9  PILLAR PLAN IS approved by the department. Applications for       <--
    10  pillar recovery must be accompanied by four copies of a plan,
    11  which must include such information as shall be determined by
    12  the department. The approval or disapproval of the plan shall be
    13  based on the factors of depth, the thickness of the bed, the
    14  percentage of pillars proposed to be extracted and to be left,
    15  the effect on pillars remaining in overlying beds and any other
    16  special features deemed necessary by the department.
    17  Section 704.  Proof of rock cover.
    18     (a)  Requirement.--Proof of the existence of 35 feet of rock
    19  cover must accompany any plan submitted under this chapter.
    20     (b)  Sufficiency.--Proof of rock cover is to be ascertained
    21  by testing holes drilled on:
    22         (1)  intersecting lines forming rectangles or squares
    23     where the cover thickness is less than 50 feet; and
    24         (2)  on spacing of not more than 35-foot centers.
    25  Section 705.  Verification.
    26     Plans and proof of rock cover under this chapter must be
    27  signed by a registered professional mining engineer representing
    28  the operator and a registered professional mining engineer
    29  representing the lessor or the owner.
    30  Section 706.  Approval or disapproval of plans.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 237 -    

     1     (a)  Approval.--If, after review, the department approves the
     2  plan, it shall send copies of the approved plan to the
     3  registered professional mining engineer representing the
     4  operator and to the registered professional mining engineer
     5  representing the lessor or the owner.
     6     (b)  Disapproval.--If, after review, the department
     7  disapproves the plan, it shall send copies of the disapproval,
     8  identifying its reasons for that action, to the registered
     9  professional mining engineer representing the operator and a
    10  registered professional mining engineer representing the lessor
    11  or the owner.
    12  Section 707.  Notice.
    13     After approval of the plan by the department, mining or
    14  removal of minerals shall not begin within the safety zone until
    15  the mine foreman has conspicuously posted a notice on the
    16  outside of the mine and has orally notified each miner affected
    17  that the miner is working within the safety zone.
    18  Section 708.  Entombed workmen.
    19     If a workman is enclosed, entombed or buried in any coal mine
    20  in this Commonwealth, the department, on its own initiative or
    21  upon request of a relative of the workman or the department, may
    22  petition a court of competent jurisdiction to order recovery of
    23  the body and to make a decree that the workman is dead.
    24                             CHAPTER 31
    25                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    26  Section 3101.  Repeals.
    27     (a)  Absolute.--The following acts or parts of acts are
    28  repealed absolutely:
    29         (1)  The act of June 30, 1947 (P.L.1177, No.490), known
    30     as The Coal Mine Sealing Act of 1947.
    20080S0949B1744                 - 238 -    

     1         (2)  The act of July 17, 1961 (P.L.659, No.339), known as
     2     the Pennsylvania Bituminous Coal Mine Act.
     3     (b)  Inconsistent.--The following acts and parts of acts are
     4  repealed to the extent they apply to bituminous coal mines:
     5         (1)  The act of May 9, 1889 (P.L.154, No.171), entitled
     6     "An act to provide for the recovery of the bodies of workmen
     7     enclosed, buried or entombed in coal mines."
     8         (2)  The act of June 3, 1943 (P.L.848, No.357), entitled
     9     "An act providing that every mine foreman, assistant mine
    10     foreman and fire boss, under the Bituminous Mining Laws and
    11     the Anthracite Mining Laws of the Commonwealth, represents
    12     and is an officer of the Commonwealth in the mine in which
    13     employed, for the suspension or cancellation of the
    14     certificates of such officials as shall hold same, and for
    15     the disqualification of such as are uncertificated by the
    16     Secretary of Mines after or prior to hearing, for failure or
    17     refusal to perform his respective duties; defining the
    18     procedure in such hearing and the powers of the Secretary of
    19     Mines, with respect thereto, and providing for a review of
    20     his decisions by courts of common pleas and the Superior
    21     Court; providing for re-examination by the examining board of
    22     any person whose certificate has been cancelled, and for
    23     reinstatement of such as are uncertificated; and prohibiting
    24     the employment by any operator in such capacity of any mine
    25     foreman, assistant mine foreman or fire boss not possessing
    26     the requisite certificate or whose certificate is suspended
    27     or who has been disqualified."
    28         (3)  The act of December 22, 1959 (P.L.1994, No.729),
    29     entitled "An act prohibiting mining in certain areas without
    30     prior approval by the Department of Mines and Mineral
    20080S0949B1744                 - 239 -    

     1     Industries; establishing standards for the approval of plans
     2     for mining in such areas; imposing powers and duties on the
     3     mine foremen and the Department of Mines and Mineral
     4     Industries; and providing penalties."
     5         (4)  The act of July 9, 1976 (P.L.931, No.178), referred
     6     to as the Coal Mine Emergency Medical Personnel Law.
     7  Section 3102.  Effective date.
     8     This act shall take effect in 180 days.















    A8L52JKL/20080S0949B1744        - 240 -